CT450 6987077 enUS Om 05-12

Operation & Maintenance Manual
CT450 Compact Tractor

Hydrostatic Transmission (HST),
Mechanical Transmission (SST)
(HST) S/N ABHM11001 & Above

(SST) S/N AKBP11001 & Above
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6987077 (12-11) Revised (5-12) (7) Printed in U.S.A. Bobcat Company 2012
1 of 260
2 of 260
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
before operating the machine.
WARNING Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216

means: Warning, be alert! Your safety
Never use the machine without
is involved! Carefully read the message instructions. See machine signs
that follows. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual, and Operators Handbook.
CORRECT CORRECT WRONG
B-23565 B-23529A B-23555

Use ROPS and fasten seat belt Never use machine without operator Never use machine as a man lift or
snugly. ROPS. Fasten seat belt when the work platform.
Always keep arms and feet inside the ROPS is up.
operators area.

WRONG WRONG WRONG
B-23562 B-23558A
B-23559A
Do not use machine in atmosphere Never carry riders. Always carry load as low as
with explosive dust, explosive gas, possible. Slow down when turning.
or where exhaust can contact Keep bystanders away from work Load, unload, and turn on flat level
flammable material. area. ground.
Use correct ballast.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
B-23561A B-23525A B-23523A

Never exceed machine load Never leave machine with loader Engage PARK BRAKE before leaving
capacities. arms up or implement raised. machine.
To park, engage PARKING BRAKE,
Use only attachments and put all controls in NEUTRAL, move Put all controls in neutral when
implements approved by Bobcat PTO lever(s) to OFF, put attachment starting.
Company for this machine. and implement flat on the ground and
stop the engine.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The machine must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer for information on the safe use of
attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELTS: Check fasteners, check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. ROPS: It must be maintained in good condition with all fasteners tight.
3. OPERATORS HANDBOOK: Must be on the machine.
4. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
5. SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM: Check function.
6. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
7. PARKING BRAKE: Check adjustment.
1 OSW52-0409
3 of 260
4 of 260
2
CONTENTS
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
LOADER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

REFERENCE INFORMATION
Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat compact tractor in the spaces below. Always use these numbers
when referring to your Bobcat compact tractor.
Compact Tractor Serial Number

Engine Serial Number
Loader Serial Number (If Equipped)
NOTES:
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA

P.O. Box 128 Drve Richelle 167
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 B-1410 Waterloo
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BELGIUM
3 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

5 of 260

6 of 260
FOREWORD
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat compact tractor. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT COMPACT TRACTOR. If you have any questions, see your
Bobcat dealer. This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your compact tractor.
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Compact Tractor Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Loader Serial Number (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL LOADER AND REAR BALLAST)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL THREE-POINT IMPLEMENT AND

FRONT BALLAST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Loader (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Implements - Three-Point Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

7 of 260

8 of 260
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products.
British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Companys compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau
(France), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota.
Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations.
ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the

state of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS
ENGINE OIL FILTER BATTERY

6696286 6674687
FUEL FILTER FLUID, Transmission / Differential

6695912 6687120 - (1 qt)
6988098 - (1 U.S. gal)
6988099 - (2 U.S. gal)
AIR FILTER - Primary = 6666333 COOLANT PRESSURE CAP
AIR FILTER - Inner = 6666334 7002330
HYDROSTATIC FILTER ETHYLENE GLYCOL ANTI-FREEZE,

7002299 6988096 Premixed [-37C (-34F)]
6988097 Concentrate
HYDRAULIC FILTER PREMIUM GEAR LUBRICANT (80w - 90)
7002300 6903121 - (1 qt)
AIR FILTER - Cab Only
7003147
ENGINE OIL ENGINE OIL
6903105 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (12 qt) 6903106 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
6903107 SAE 10W30 CE/SG (12 qt) 6903108 SAE 10W30 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
6903109 SAE 30W CE/SG (12 qt) 6903110 SAE 30W CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
6903113 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)

6903112 SAE 10W30 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)
6903111 SAE 30W CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)
GREASE MULTI PURPOSE # 2
6903122 6903122 - (14 oz tube)
NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

9 of 260
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS Engine Serial Number
Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3

requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary
to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.
1
Compact Tractor Serial Number
Figure 1
P-84917
The engine serial number is located on the top of the

injection pump (Item 1) [Figure 3].

P-84811
The compact tractor serial number plate is located on the

outside of the loader frame [Figure 1].
Figure 2
Module 2 - Production
Sequence (Series)
Module 1 - Model / Engine

Combination P-90175
Explanation of machine Serial Number [Figure 2]:
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module

number identifies the model number and engine
combination.
2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

the order which the loader is produced.

10 of 260
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS (CONTD) DELIVERY REPORT
Loader Serial Number (Optional) Figure 6
Figure 4
EARLY MODEL
B-16315
P-80999
The delivery report [Figure 6] must be completed by the
dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the
Figure 5 Bobcat compact tractor and / or loader is delivered. An
explanation of the form must be given to the owner.
LATER MODEL

1
P-97162
The loader serial number is located on the left loader arm

(Item 1) [Figure 4] (early models) or on the left loader
upright (Item 1) [Figure 5] (later models).

11 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION
[2] ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE

STRUCTURE (ROPS)
STEERING OPERATORS SEAT

WHEEL WITH SEAT BELT
AND SEAT SWITCH
DIRECTIONAL SIGNAL
HEAD LIGHTS / HAZARD / FLASHER
LIGHTS
GRAB HANDLES (2)

[3] TIRES
OPERATION & [3] REAR (REMOTE)

MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC COUPLERS
MANUAL
[3] SLOW MOVING VEHICLE

(SMV) EMBLEM OPERATORS
HANDBOOK
THREE-POINT HITCH
ADJUSTABLE TOP LINK
PTO SHIELD
THREE-POINT HITCH
LOWER LINKS (2)
DRAWBAR REAR LIGHTS
ADJUSTABLE
SWAY BARS (2) LIFT LINK
B-23807B
B-23808B
[1] ATTACHMENTS AND IMPLEMENTS - Attachments and implements are available for the compact tractor.
[2] ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure, per ASABE S478 and OSHA 29 CFR PART 1928 Subpart C.
[3] OPTIONAL OR FIELD ACCESSORIES (Not Standard Equipment).

12 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL LOADER AND REAR BALLAST)
OPERATORS SEAT
WITH SEAT BELT
AND SEAT SWITCH
[3] GRILLE GUARD
[3] TILT CYLINDERS
[3] LOADER MOUNTS (2)
[3] LIFT CYLINDERS

[3] LOADER ARMS
[1] BUCKET

STRUCTURE (ROPS)
[3] BALLAST BOX [3] JOYSTICK CONTROL

LEVER With LOCK LEVER
[3] TIRES
B-23865
B-23928

13 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL THREE-POINT IMPLEMENT AND FRONT BALLAST)
OPERATORS SEAT
WITH SEAT BELT
AND SEAT SWITCH
[3] FRONT
BALLAST

STRUCTURE (ROPS)
IMPLEMENT
PTO SHIELD
PTO DRIVELINE
WITH GUARDS
[1] AUGER
B-23867C
PTO SHAFT PTO SHIELD
B-23868C

14 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL CAB)

STRUCTURE (ROPS)
REAR WORK
FRONT WORK FRONT WIPER LIGHTS
LIGHTS
MIRROR
MIRROR
OPERATORS SEAT
DIRECTIONAL SIGNAL / WITH SEAT BELT
HAZARD / FLASHER LIGHTS AND SEAT SWITCH

HEAD LIGHTS
REAR LIGHTS
STEPS (Both Sides)
NA1032

15 of 260
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Options And Accessories
The compact tractor can be equipped with the following
Standard Items
Options and Field Installed Accessories.
The compact tractor is equipped with the following Cab (factory installed - HST Models ONLY)
standard items: Back-up Alarm
Engine Coolant Heater
Front Ballast
Beverage Holder Grille Guard
Differential Lock Joystick Control Lever and Valve
Drawbar Mirror
Floor Mat Multi Function Valve
Front Wheel Assist (4WD) Power Take-Off (PTO) Mid-Mount (2000 rpm)
Front Work Lights Rear Ballast
Glow Plugs Rear (Remote) Auxiliary Hydraulics (1 or 2)
Horn Rear Work Lights
Hydraulic Three-Point Lift System Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) Emblem And Bracket
Hydrostatic Drive System Sunshade
Instrumentation: Tires: Front - General Purpose 10 - 16.5 NHS (6 ply)
Hourmeter, Fuel Gauge, Engine Temperature * Rear - General Purpose 14.9 - 24 (8 ply)
Gauge, Tachometer, Warning Lights * Rear - General Purpose 14.9 - 24 (4 ply)
Lights Tires: Front - Turf 29 x 12.50 - 15 NHS (8 ply)
Head Lights, Tail Lights, Brake Lights, Rear - Turf 21.5L - 16.1 (4 ply)
Hazard / Flashers, Directional Signals NOTE: * Do not intermix 4 ply and 8 ply rear tires. The
Parking Brake ply rating must be the same on the left and
Power Steering right side tires to maintain proper load rating.
Power Take-Off (PTO) Rear (540 rpm) with Shield

Radiator Screen Kit Loader (Optional)
ROPS - 2-post, foldable NOTE: Use with rear ballast and tires with the correct
Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start and Operating) load rating. (See Ballast (Rear) on Page 241.)
Seat Belt (Retractable) and (See Tires on Page 250.)
Spark Arrester Muffler
Suspension Seat Front End Loader - (9 foot dump height)
Tilt Adjustable Steering Wheel Angle Broom
Loader Mounting Brackets
Tires: Front - Ag 8 - 16 (10 ply)
Bob-Tach
Rear - Ag 13.6 - 24 (6 ply) Buckets
Three-Point Hitch (Category I) Pallet Forks
Three-Speed Range Lever Snow Blade
Loader Front Auxiliary Hydraulics
Standard Items When Equipped With HST
Transmission Implements - Three-Point Hitch
NOTE: The following implements may require front
Hydrostatic Drive System ballast. (See Ballast (Front) on Page 242.)
Travel Control Pedals Angle Blades
Cruise Control Auger (Post Hole)
Backhoe
Standard Items When Equipped With SST Ballast Box
Transmission Box Blade
Disc
Four Speed Gear Shift Lever Front Mounted Snow Blower
Finish Mower
F-N-R Select Lever
Seeder
Clutch Pedal Snow Blower
Soil Conditioner
Silt Fence Installer
Sprayer
Tiller
Tine Rake
Other attachments and implements may also be available
for your compact tractor. See your Bobcat dealer.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

16 of 260
SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Safe Operation Is The Operators Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Use Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety Rules For Power Take-Off (PTO) Driven Implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Compact Tractor Requirements and Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

17 of 260

18 of 260
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS An Operators Handbook is fastened to the operator
dash panel of the machine. Its brief instructions are
Before Operation convenient to the operator. The handbook is available
from your dealer in an English edition or one of many
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance other languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more
instructions in this manual. information on translated versions.
The Bobcat compact tractor is highly maneuverable and The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine
compact. It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of gives general safety information.
conditions. This presents an operator with hazards
associated with off highway, rough terrain applications, See the PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
common with Bobcat machine usage. RESOURCES Page in this manual or your Bobcat
dealer for Service and Parts Manuals, printed
The Bobcat compact tractor has an internal combustion materials, videos, or training courses available. Also
engine with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust check the Bobcat web sites
gases can kill or cause illness so use the machine with www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com
adequate ventilation.
The dealer and owner / operator review the
The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
the Bobcat compact tractor and attachment or implement owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
for each application. The dealer demonstrates the safe application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
operation according to Bobcat instructional materials, recommendations on the new use.
which are also available to operators. The dealer can
also identify unsafe modifications or use of unapproved

attachments or implements. The attachments,
implements and buckets are designed for the loader and
the Three-Point Hitch lift capacities. They are designed
for secure fastening to the Bobcat machine. The user
must check with the dealer, or Bobcat literature, to
determine safe loads of materials of specified densities
for the compact tractor and attachment / implement
combination.
The following publications and training materials provide

information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat compact tractor and attachments / implements:
The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete

instructions have been given to the new owner and
Call Before You Dig
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating Dial 811 (USA Only)
condition.
1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with
the machine or attachment gives operating When you call, you will be directed to a location in your
information as well as routine maintenance and state / province, or city for information about buried lines
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation

and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment /
implement. The signs and their locations are shown in
the Operation & Maintenance Manual. Replacement
signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
SI CT-0511

19 of 260
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTD) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator
Safe Operation Is The Operators Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or
coordination while working. An operator who is taking
prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
Safety Alert Symbol if he or she can safely operate a machine and the
attachment / implement.
This symbol with a warning statement means:
Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved! A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
Carefully read the message that follows.
Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
The written instructions from Bobcat Company

include the Delivery Report, Operation &
WARNING Maintenance Manual, Operators Handbook, Safety
Manual and machine signs (decals).
Operator must have instructions before operating the Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or rules may include an employers work safety
death. requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving
W-2001-0502 requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a
utility line.
Have Training with Actual Operation

IMPORTANT Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
verbal instruction. This training is given by your
This notice identifies procedures which must be Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
followed to avoid damage to the machine.
I-2019-0284 The new operator must start in an area without
bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
operate the machine and attachment / implement
safely under all conditions of the work area. Fasten
seat belt securely when Roll-Over Protective
Structure (ROPS) is up and locked. DO NOT wear the
DANGER seat belt if ROPS is down.
Know the Work Conditions

The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not Know the weight of the materials being handled.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Avoid exceeding the machine and attachment /
D-1002-1107
implement load capacities. Material which is very
dense will be heavier than the same volume of less
dense material. Reduce the size of load if handling
dense material.
WARNING The operator must know any prohibited uses or work

areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the
Know the location of any underground lines. Call local
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation
utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious Before Operation section of this manual.
injury.
W-2044-1107 Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
The Bobcat machine and attachment / implement must hearing protection, or respiratory equipment are
required for some work. See your Bobcat dealer
be in good operating condition before use.
about Bobcat safety equipment for your machine.
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual. SI CT-0511

20 of 260
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTD) Avoid Silica Dust
Use Safety Rules
Read and follow instructions in the machine and the

attachments / implements Operation & Maintenance
Manual before operating.
Check for underground lines before operating

attachment / implement (if applicable).
In addition to the design and configuration of

equipment, hazard control and accident prevention
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock
are dependent upon the awareness, concern,
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust.
prudence and proper training of personnel involved in
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to
the operation, transport, maintenance and storage of
silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules
equipment.
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other
Check that the attachment mounting pins and means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease
hardware are installed correctly and securely and is known to the state of California to cause cancer.
fastened (if equipped).
Check that the loader is securely installed to the

compact tractor using the correct pins and hardware.
Check that the Bob-Tach levers are in the locked

position and the wedges are fully engaged into the
mounting holes of the attachment (if applicable).
Check that the implement is securely fastened to the

machine.
Depress brake pedals (or make sure parking brake is

engaged) and make sure all the machine controls are
in the NEUTRAL position before starting the machine.
Always start the machine from the operators seat.
Operate the attachment / implement according to the

Operation & Maintenance Manual.
When learning to operate the attachment / implement,

do it at a slow rate in an area clear of bystanders.
DO NOT permit personnel to be in the work area

when operating the machine and attachment /
implement.
The attachment / implement must be used ONLY on

approved machines. See your Bobcat dealer for
updated list of approved attachments / implements for
each machine model.
DO NOT modify equipment or add attachments /

implements that exceed manufacturers
specifications.
DO NOT make any adjustments or repairs on the

machine or attachment / implement while the engine
is running.
Keep shields and guards in place. Replace if

damaged. SI CT-0511

21 of 260
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTD) Make certain that the Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
emblem is installed so that it is visible and legible.
Safety Rules For Power Take-Off (PTO) Driven When transporting the equipment, use the compact
Implements tractor flashing warning lights and follow all local
regulations.
Keep PTO shields and all guards in place. Replace
damaged or missing shields and guards before Operate this equipment with a compact tractor
operating. equipped with an approved Roll-Over Protective
Structure (ROPS). Always wear seat belt when the
Follow warnings and instructions on machine signs ROPS is up. Serious injury or death could result from
(decals). Replace damaged or missing decals. falling off the compact tractor.
Do not wear loose or bulky clothing around the PTO Before leaving the compact tractor operators seat:
or other moving parts.
1. Park on flat level ground.
Keep bystanders away from PTO driven equipment, 2. Fully lower the loader arms and put the
and never allow children near machines. attachment flat on the ground (if equipped).
3. Fully lower the three-point hitch or mid-mount
Read and understand the manuals for the PTO driven implements (if equipped).
equipment and be aware of safe operating 4. Lock brake pedals together and engage the
procedures and hazards that may not be readily parking brake.
apparent. 5. Place all controls in neutral.
6. Stop engine, unfasten seat belt and remove the
Always walk around equipment to avoid coming near
key.

a turning PTO driveline. Stepping over, leaning
across or crawling under a turning PTO driveline can
cause entanglement.
Never allow riders on the compact tractor or
implement. Falling off can result in serious injury or
Position the machine and implement hitch correctly to
death.
prevent driveline stress and separation.
Start the compact tractor only when properly seated in
Use caution when turning. Turning too sharp can
the operators seat. Starting a compact tractor in gear
cause driveline damage.
can result in serious injury or death.
Use caution when raising PTO driven implement.
Operate the compact tractor and attachments /
Excessive driveline angle can cause driveline
implements from the operator's position only.
damage. Use stops if needed.
Add the correct front ballast for rear three-point hitch
Compact Tractor Requirements and Capabilities
implements and pull type implements. Add the correct
rear ballast when using the loader and attachments.
Fasten seat belt securely when Roll-Over Protective
Front and rear ballast can be purchased from your
Structure (ROPS) is up and locked. DO NOT wear
compact tractor dealer.
seat belt if ROPS is down.
Do not handle large objects (such as round bales or
Compact tractor must be equipped with sway bars or
posts) unless the loader is equipped with the proper
chains.
attachment and the load is secured.
Stop the compact tractor and engage the parking
The parking brake must be engaged before leaving
brakes. Install blocks in front of and behind the rear
the compact tractor operators seat. Rollaway can
tires of the compact tractor. Install blocks underneath
occur because the transmission may not prevent
and support the implement securely before working
machine movement. Lock the brake pedals together
under raised implements.
before activating the parking brake.
Keep bystanders clear of moving parts and the work
area. Keep children away.
Use increased caution on slopes and near banks and

ditches to prevent overturn.
SI CT-0511

22 of 260
FIRE PREVENTION Hydraulic System
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage

and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.
Maintenance Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel

fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
The machine and some attachments / implements have solvents.
components that are at high temperatures under normal
operating conditions. The primary source of high Fueling
temperatures is the engine and exhaust system. The
electrical system, if damaged or incorrectly maintained,
can be a source of arcs or sparks.
Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed

regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No
compartment is a potential fire hazard. smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
The operators area, engine compartment and engine

cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned Starting
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.
Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosion and
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled injure you or bystanders.
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.
Operation
Spark Arrester Exhaust System
Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or
hot components can contact flammable material, The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control
explosive dust or gases. the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
Electrical hot.
Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to

make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.

Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use

the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.
SI CT-0511

23 of 260
FIRE PREVENTION (CONTD)
Welding And Grinding
Always clean the machine and attachment / implement,

disconnect the battery, and disconnect the wiring from
the Bobcat controllers before welding. Cover rubber
hoses, battery and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire
extinguisher near the machine when welding.
Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted

parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as

hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.
Fire Extinguishers

Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
SI CT-0511

24 of 260
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)
Follow the instructions on all the machine signs (decals) that are on the compact tractor. Replace any damaged machine
signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
BELOW OPERATORS SEAT
7151892
7157851 7127018
7157847
7118012
7166857
7157924
7164977

7125074
7157357
IN ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
HST SST
7168867 7188907
ON LEFT FENDER
6987069
6727595 (2) 7160260
INSIDE CAB (IF EQUIPPED) 7157850
Back-up Alarm (Optional)
7118017
6737189
7168868 7168870
7168864 7168865 7168866
B-23807B

25 of 260
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONTD)
Follow the instructions on all the machine signs (decals) that are on the compact tractor. Replace any damaged machine
signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
BELOW DASH PANEL
7157848 (HST) 7186656 (SST)

7127020
7140920 (2)
6732148 Both Sides
7157849
7125076 7157855 7157858 (Canopy)

7127014 7169227 (Cab)
(Under Seat)

7140917 7127026
7118016
ON RIGHT FENDER
7166858
ON RIGHT WITH OPTIONAL LOADER

HAND
LOADER
MOUNT
7147823
7147824
7157854
7147822
7147825
7168869
7157856
7147821 (2)
Both Sides B-23808B

26 of 260
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES
The following publications are also available for your

Bobcat compact tractor. You can order them from your OPERATORS
Bobcat dealer. HANDBOOK
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the 6987069

Bobcat Company, visit our web site at www.bobcat.com
- gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
6987077
COMPACT TRACTOR
OPERATOR
- complete instructions on the correct operation and the
TRAINING COURSE
routine maintenance of the compact tractor.
6987292

- Introduces operator to step-by-step basics of the compact
tractor operation.
SERVICE MANUAL
6987079
OPERATOR SAFETY
VIDEO
698?
- Provides basic safety instructions.

- complete maintenance instructions for your compact
tractor.
SAFETY MANUAL
(English)
COMPACT TRACTOR
6986641 SAFETY VIDEO
(Mobile device with

quick response code
Provide basic safety procedures and warnings for your application required)
Bobcat compact tractor.
Scan the code above to watch the compact tractor

safety video or view at www.training.bobcat.com.

27 of 260

28 of 260
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Overview (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Overview (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Floor Controls (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Floor Controls (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Right Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Left Console (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Left Console (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cab (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start) (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start) (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Safety Interlock System (Operating) (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Safety Interlock System (Operating) (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Foldable ROPS (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Raising And Lowering The ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cab (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Cab Door (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Rear Window (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Right And Left Side Windows (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Window Washer Reservoir (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Dome Light (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
EMERGENCY EXITS (WHEN EQUIPPED WITH CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Operation (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Operation (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
BRAKE PEDALS (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
BRAKE PEDALS (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDALS (HST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

29 of 260
FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
SPEED RANGE LEVER (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
SPEED RANGE LEVER (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
GEAR SHIFT LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (HST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Disengaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

FRONT WHEEL ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
LOADER CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Loader Lift Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Loader Arms Float Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Loader Tilt Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Joystick Lock Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Relieve Hydraulic Oil Pressure (Joystick Control Lever) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Front Hydraulic Couplers (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Relieve Hydraulic Pressure (Front Auxiliary Hydraulics) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Rear (Remote) Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Function Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Hydraulic Couplers (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Relieve Hydraulic Pressure (Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
DRAWBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Adjusting Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

30 of 260
THREE-POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Remote Three-Point Hitch Position Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / Lock Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Engaging Rear-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Disengaging Rear-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Engaging Mid-PTO (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Disengaging Mid-PTO (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Entering The Compact Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Pre-Starting (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Pre-Starting (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
MONITORING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Procedure (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Procedure (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Pin-On) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

31 of 260
IMPLEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Choosing The Correct Implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Installing And Removing Pull Type Implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch Mounted Implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Lifting Link Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Top Link Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Sway Bar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Extendable Lower Link Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Installing And Removing The Rear-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Installing And Removing The Mid-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
BALLAST (OPTIONAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Front Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Rear Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
TREAD WIDTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Tread Width Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Operating Compact Tractor With Loader Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Operating With A Full Bucket And Rear Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Operating With An Empty Bucket And Rear Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Filling And Emptying The Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Leveling The Ground Using Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Towing Equipment With The Compact Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Operating The Three-Point Hitch Implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Safety Rules For PTO Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Operating The Rear-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Operating The Mid-PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
TOWING THE COMPACT TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
TRANSPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

32 of 260
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS Overview (SST)
Overview (HST) Figure 8
Figure 7
A A
B
B
C
C D

P-84916 P-92917
REF DESCRIPTION
REF DESCRIPTION
A Instrument Panel (See Instrument Panel on Page
A Instrument Panel (See Instrument Panel on Page
32.)
32.)
B Floor Controls (See Floor Controls (SST) on Page
B Floor Controls (See Floor Controls (HST) on Page
33.)
33.)
C Right Console (See Right Console on Page 34.)
C Right Console (See Right Console on Page 34.)
D Left Console (See Left Console (SST) on Page
D Left Console (See Left Console (HST) on Page
34.)
34.)

33 of 260
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS
(CONTD) # DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
Instrument Panel 1 Fuel Gauge Shows amount of fuel in the tank.
Figure 9 2 Tachometer Shows engine rpm.
3 Engine Temperature Shows engine coolant temperature.
ALL MODELS Gauge
14 15
9 8 16 4 Hourmeter Records the total operating hours of
10 compact tractor.
11 5 Parking Brake Light comes on when parking brake is
6 Indicator Light activated. Off when brake is released.
6 Engine Oil Pressure Light comes on when pressure is below
12 5 7 Warning Light allowable range. STOP the engine if the
light comes ON.
13 2
7 Unlocked Brake (L/R) Light comes on when the left and right
Pedals Indicator Light brake pedals are unlocked from each
(HST ONLY) other.
1 4 3
8 Glow Plug Light Light comes on when glow plugs are
activated. (Glow plugs may stay
activated after starting.)
9 Cruise Control On when cruise control is engaged.
Indicator Light (HST)
10 Charging System Light comes on when battery voltage is
Light low.
11 High Beam Indicator Light is on when the front lights are on
Light high.
12 PTO Indicator Light On when PTO is engaged (rear or mid).
13 Front Wheel Assist On when front wheel assist is engaged.

(4WD) Indicator Light
17 14 Left Directional On when turn signal switch is activated
19 18 Signal Indicator for left turn.
20
15 Right Directional On when turn signal switch is activated
P-86961 Signal Indicator for right turn.
16 Speed Range Lever Icon illuminates to show the speed
HST MODELS Light (HST ONLY) range selected (L - N - M - N - H).
17 Cruise Control Switch Select desired forward travel speed and
21 24 (HST ONLY) press the front of the switch to set
cruise control. (See CRUISE
CONTROL SWITCH (HST ONLY) on
Page 52.)
18 PTO Switch Press the center black button and then
(Rear-PTO) or (Rear pull up on the yellow knob to activate
PTO + Mid-PTO the Rear-PTO or Rear-PTO + Mid-PTO.
activation) Rear-PTO (See POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) on
(540 rpm), Mid-PTO Page 67.)
(2000 rpm) (If Push down on the yellow knob to
Equipped) disengage the rear-PTO.
19 Front Wheel Assist Press the top of the switch to engage
22 Switch (4WD) front wheel assist. Press the bottom of
23 the switch to disengage. (See FRONT
WHEEL ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH on
Page 53.)
P-84915
20 Hazard / Flasher Press top of the switch to activate
Light Switch flashers. Press bottom of switch to turn
SST MODELS off.
21 Steering Wheel ----
21 24 22 Lights / Directional OFF / LOW / HIGH Beam; Lever up for
Signal Switch / Horn right turn, Lever center position OFF,
Lever down for left turn. Push for horn.
23 Key Switch (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page
73.)
24 Engine Speed Move lever back to increase engine
25 Control Lever rpm, forward to decrease engine rpm.
25 Forward-Neutral- Move lever up and forward for Forward
Reverse (F-N-R) travel, down and in the center position
Lever (SST ONLY) for Neutral, up and backward for
Reverse travel.
22 23
P-92936

34 of 260
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS
(CONTD)
REF DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
Floor Controls (HST) 1 Brake Pedals Push down to engage rear brakes.
(See BRAKE PEDALS (HST) on
Figure 10 Page 46.) or (See BRAKE
PEDALS (SST) on Page 47.)
Front Floor Controls 2 Reverse Travel Press the pedal for reverse travel.
Control Pedal The more the pedal is pressed,
(HST ONLY) the faster the compact tractor will
move. (See TRAVEL CONTROL
PEDALS (HST ONLY) on Page
48.)
3 Forward Travel Press the pedal for forward travel.
4 Control Pedal The more the pedal is pressed,
(HST ONLY) the faster the compact tractor will
1 3 move. (See TRAVEL CONTROL
2 PEDALS (HST ONLY) on Page
48.)
5 6 7 4 Parking Brake Lock left and right brake pedals
Lever (Orange) together, press down on brake
pedals and move parking brake
lever down to engage parking
brake. (See PARKING BRAKE on
Page 45.)
Rear Floor Controls 5 Rear Push down and hold to engage

P-84911 Differential rear axle differential lock, release
Lock pedal to disengage. (See
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL on
Page 51.)
6 Three-Point Turn knob clockwise to slow the
Hitch Lowering lowering speed of the Three-Point
Floor Controls (SST) Speed / Lock Hitch lower links, turn
Valve counterclockwise to increase the
Figure 11 lowering speed. Turning the knob
fully clockwise will lock the Three-
Front Floor Controls Point Hitch lower links from
lowering. (See Three-Point Hitch
Lowering Speed / Lock Valve on
Page 66.)
7 Mid-PTO Lever Pull up on the mid-PTO lever to
8 (If Equipped) put it in the ON position. Mid-PTO
4 (2000 rpm) activates when the PTO Switch is
pulled ON. Push the PTO Switch
OFF to disengage mid-PTO. (See
1 POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) on
9
Page 67.) NOTE: Both the mid
and rear PTO are activated when
using the mid-PTO.
8 Engine Speed Press the pedal to increase
Control Pedal engine rpm. Release pedal to
(SST ONLY) decrease engine rpm. (If the
7 Engine Speed Control Lever (Item
6 5 24) [Figure 9] has been moved to
increase engine rpm, releasing
the engine speed control pedal will
return engine rpm to the rpm set
by the engine speed control lever.)
9 Clutch Pedal Press the clutch pedal before;
(SST ONLY) shifting the gear shift lever, moving
Rear Floor Controls the F-N-R lever, moving the speed
P-92935
range lever, engaging front wheel
assist.

35 of 260
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS Left Console (HST)
(CONTD)
Figure 13
Right Console
Figure 12
1 1
4 2
2
P-84909
3 6
1 Speed Range Press the brake pedals, then move
P-84910B Lever the lever forward for High (H) speed
(L-N-M-N-H) range, Neutral (N) position, Medium
(M) speed, Neutral (N) position, and
back for Low (L) speed range. (See
1 Three-Point Hitch Move lever forward to lower the

SPEED RANGE LEVER (HST) on
Position Lever Three-Point Hitch lower links and Page 49.)
move lever back to raise the Three-
Point Hitch lower links. (See THREE- Left Console (SST)
POINT HITCH on Page 64.)
2 Three-Point Hitch Rotate stop knobs counterclockwise Figure 14
Position Lever to loosen, slide to set minimum /
Stops maximum desired depth position.
Turn clockwise and tighten the knob
2
to the selected position. (See
THREE-POINT HITCH on Page 64.) 1
3 Rear Auxiliary Move lever forward to pressurize the
Hydraulic Lever A coupler. Move lever back to
(Rear Remote) pressurize the B coupler. (See REAR
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF
EQUIPPED) on Page 61.)
4 Rear Auxiliary Move lever forward to pressurize the
Hydraulic Lever C coupler. Move lever back to
(Rear Remote) pressurize the D coupler. (See REAR
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF P-92934
5 Joystick Control Joystick controls the lift and tilt
Lever (If functions of the loader. (See REF DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
Equipped) LOADER CONTROLS (IF 1 Speed Range Press the clutch and the brake
EQUIPPED) on Page 58.) Lever pedals, then move the lever
6 Joystick Lock Locks the joystick control lever. (See (L-N-M-N-H) forward for High (H) speed range,
Lever LOADER CONTROLS (IF Neutral (N) position, Medium (M)
EQUIPPED) on Page 58.) speed, Neutral (N) position, and
7 Remote Three- Move lever down to lower the Three- back for Low (L) speed range. (See
Point Hitch Point Hitch lower links and move lever SPEED RANGE LEVER (SST) on
Position Lever up to raise the Three-Point Hitch Page 50.)
lower links. (See THREE-POINT 2 Four Speed Gear Press the clutch pedal, then move
HITCH on Page 64.) Shift Lever the lever to the desired gear, (1, 2,
(1-2-3-4) 3, or 4). (See GEAR SHIFT
LEVER (SST ONLY) on Page 50.)

36 of 260
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT PANELS Figure 17
(CONTD)
Cab (If Equipped)

If the compact tractor is equipped with the cab, it will have 6
the following;
Figure 15
3 5 5 5
1
1
2 3 4
P-86902
The cab overhead console will be equipped with the

following; 2 4 5

1 Fan Motor Turn clockwise to increase fan
speed; counterclockwise to P-86900A
decrease. There are four fan speeds;
OFF-1-2-3-4.
2 Air Conditioning Press switch to turn ON air The cab right console and door post will be equipped with
Switch conditioning, press a second time to the following [Figure 17];
turn OFF. Fan Motor (Item 1) must be
on for A/C to operate.
3 Air Vent / Air Flow Rotate the switch to control air flow
Location to various areas in the cab. The 1 Front Cab Light Press top of switch to turn front cab
icons on the switch indicate the air Switch lights ON, press bottom of switch to
flow location. turn OFF.
4 Temperature Turn counterclockwise to increase 2 Rear Cab Light Press top of switch to turn rear cab
Control temperature; clockwise to decrease. Switch lights ON, press bottom of switch to
turn OFF.
Figure 16 3 Front Wiper / Press switch to center position to
Washer Switch turn front wiper ON; press and hold
switch to top position to activate
front window washer; press bottom
of switch to turn OFF.
4 Rear Wiper / Press switch to center position to
Washer Switch turn rear wiper ON; press and hold
(If Equipped) switch to top position to activate
1 rear window washer; press bottom
of switch to turn OFF.
5 NOT USED ---
6 Power Port Provides a 12 volt receptacle for
accessories.
P-86901A
The cab air circulation can be changed from fresh air to

recirculation air.
Move the switch (Item 1) [Figure 16] backward for fresh

air; forward for recirculation.

37 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) If the engine starts without all of the above conditions
present, the compact tractor must be serviced by your
Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start) (HST) Bobcat dealer.
WARNING WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
The Safety Interlock System must not allow the
Use the ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
compact tractor's engine to be started unless: the
Keep PTO shield and all guards in place.
operator is in the operator's seat, one brake pedal is
Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down.
depressed, the PTO switch is off, and the speed
Never carry riders.
range lever is in neutral. Contact your dealer for W-2654-0907
service if the Safety Interlock System does not
function properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE SYSTEM.
W-2802-0709
Figure 18
2 3

4
P-84907E
The engine will not start unless all the following

conditions are present:
1. The operator (Item 1) [Figure 18] is seated in the

operators seat.
2. One or both brake pedals (Item 2) [Figure 18] are

depressed.
3. The PTO switch (Item 3) [Figure 18] is in the

disengaged (OFF) position.
4. The speed range lever (Item 4) [Figure 18] is in the

neutral position.

38 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) If the engine starts without all of the above conditions
(CONTD) present, the compact tractor must be serviced by your
Bobcat dealer.
Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start) (SST)
WARNING
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine:
The Safety Interlock System must not allow the Use the ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
compact tractor's engine to be started unless: the Keep PTO shield and all guards in place.
operator is in the operator's seat, the brake pedals Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down.
are depressed, the PTO switch is off, and the F-N-R Never carry riders.
lever is in neutral. Contact your dealer for service if W-2654-0907
the Safety Interlock System does not function
properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE SYSTEM.
W-2803-0709
Figure 19
2
3

4
P-92933
The engine will not start unless all the following

1. The operator (Item 1) [Figure 19] is seated in the

operators seat.
2. The right brake pedal (Item 2) [Figure 19] is

depressed.
3. The PTO switch (Item 3) [Figure 19] is in the

4. The Forward - Neutral - Reverse (F-N-R) lever (Item

4) [Figure 19] is in the neutral position.

39 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING) present, the compact tractor must be serviced by your
Bobcat dealer.
Safety Interlock System (Operating) (HST)
WARNING
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operators seat:
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
The Safety Interlock System must shut off the engine flat on the ground (if equipped).
if the operator leaves the operators seat unless: the
Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if
parking brake is engaged, the mid-PTO lever is
equipped).
disengaged, and the speed range lever is in neutral.
Lock brake pedals together and engage the
Contact your dealer for service if the Safety Interlock
parking brake.
System does not function properly. DO NOT MODIFY
THE SYSTEM. Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only).
W-2749-0708 Place all controls in neutral.
Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and
remove the key.
Figure 20
W-2569-0909

1
3
2
P-86960
The engine must shut off if the operator leaves the

operators seat, unless all the following conditions are
present:
1. The brake pedals are locked together and the parking
brake (Item 1) [Figure 20] is engaged.
2. The mid-PTO lever (Item 2) [Figure 20] (if equipped)

is in the disengaged (OFF) position. (This only applies
if the PTO switch is in the engaged (ON) position.)
3. The speed range lever (Item 3) [Figure 20] is in the

neutral position.
If the engine does not shut off when the operator leaves
the operators seat without all of the above conditions

40 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING)
(CONTD)
Safety Interlock System (Operating) (SST) WARNING

WARNING Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
flat on the ground (if equipped).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if
The Safety Interlock System must shut off the engine equipped).
if the operator leaves the operators seat unless: the Lock brake pedals together and engage the
parking brake is engaged, the mid-PTO lever is parking brake.
disengaged, and the F-N-R lever is in neutral. Contact Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only).
your dealer for service if the Safety Interlock System Place all controls in neutral.
does not function properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and
SYSTEM. remove the key.
W-2804-0709 W-2569-0909
Figure 21

1
P-92932
The engine must shut off if the operator leaves the

operators seat, unless all the following conditions are
present:
1. The brake pedals are locked together and the parking
brake (Item 1) [Figure 21] is engaged.
2. The mid-PTO lever (Item 2) [Figure 21] (if equipped)
is in the disengaged (OFF) position. (This only applies
if the PTO switch is in the engaged (ON) position.)
3. The Forward - Neutral - Reverse (F-N-R) lever (Item
3) [Figure 21] is in the neutral position.
Bobcat dealer.

41 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) Figure 23
Foldable ROPS (If Equipped)
WARNING 1

The foldable ROPS (if equipped) must be in the
raised position with the seat belt securely fastened.
2
For height restricted applications that require the
ROPS to be in the lowered position, DO NOT fasten
the seat belt. There is no rollover protection when the
ROPS is in the lowered position. Put the ROPS in the
UP and LOCKED position when the height restricted
P-84905
use is not required.
W-2553-0708
Lower the ROPS until the pin (Item 1) and retainer pin
It is recommended to have the ROPS in the UP position, (Item 2) [Figure 23] can be installed into the lower
with the seat belt securely fastened. This will reduce the
mounting hole (both sides).
risk of serious injury in case of a rollover.
For applications that have a height restriction, the ROPS NOTE: If the ROPS is fully lowered, the ROPS may
can be temporarily lowered to the down position. Do not interfere with Three-Point Hitch mounted

fasten seat belt when the ROPS is in the down position. implements when the implement is in the
raised position.
Stop the engine, set the parking brake, exit the machine
and put the ROPS in the UP and LOCKED position when To Raise The ROPS:
the height restricted use is not required.
Remove the retainer pin (Item 2) [Figure 23] (both
Raising And Lowering The ROPS
sides).
Figure 22
Securely grasp the ROPS and remove the pin (Item 1)
2
[Figure 23] (both sides).
Raise the ROPS to the upright position and install the pin
(Item 5) [Figure 22] (both sides).
4 1 5 3 Install the retainer pin (Item 4) [Figure 22] (both sides).
Tighten the knob (Item 3) [Figure 22] firmly to the ROPS
(both sides). This will reduce vibration of the ROPS
structure.
Tighten the jam nut (Item 2) [Figure 22] (both sides).
P-84906
The compact tractor is equipped with a Roll-Over

WARNING
Protective Structure (ROPS) (Item 1) [Figure 22].
To Lower The ROPS: The ROPS must be properly secured in the raised
position. Make sure that both pins are correctly
Loosen the lock nut (Item 2) and loosen the knob (Item 3) installed through the mounting frame and the ROPS
[Figure 22] (both sides). tube and secured with the retainer pins. Improperly
Remove the retainer clip (Item 4) [Figure 22] (both installed fasteners will cause loss of ROPS
sides). protection.
W-2554-0807
Securely grasp the ROPS (Item 1) with one hand and
remove the pin (Item 5) [Figure 22] (both sides) and
lower the ROPS to the down position.

42 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) Cab Door (If Equipped)
(CONTD)
Figure 24
Cab (If Equipped)
The compact tractor may be equipped with an optional

operator cab (ROPS) (Roll Over Protective Structure).
The cab provides operator protection if the compact

tractor is tipped over. The seat belt must be worn for
ROPS protection.
1
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
P-87999
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from The cab door can be locked (Item 1) [Figure 24] with the
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or same key as the starter switch.
death.
W-2069-0200

Push the door button (Item 1) [Figure 24] to unlatch the
door.
Figure 25
P-87997
Pull inward on the inside door lever (Item 1) [Figure 25]

to open the door.

43 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) Right And Left Side Windows (If Equipped)
(CONTD)
Opening The Side Windows
Rear Window (If Equipped)
Figure 27
Opening The Rear Window
Figure 26
1
P-87996
P-87998 Both the side windows can be opened slightly for

ventilation.
Push down on the button (Item 1) [Figure 26] to release Rotate the handle (Item 1) [Figure 27] backward to
the latch. Push the handle outward to open the window. unlatch the window.
Closing The Rear Window Figure 28
Pull the handle down until it latches to close the window.
P-87995
Rotate the handle (Item 1) [Figure 28] fully outward to

open the window.
Closing The Side Windows
Rotate the handle inward to close the window. Rotate the

handle (Item 1) [Figure 28] forward to lock the window.

44 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) EMERGENCY EXITS (WHEN EQUIPPED WITH CAB)
(CONTD)
The cab doors and the rear window provide exits for the
Window Washer Reservoir (If Equipped) operator cab.
Figure 29 Rear Window
Figure 31
P-87994
P-87998

The window washer reservoir (Item 1) [Figure 29] is
located at the rear of the compact tractor below the cab
rear window. Exiting The Rear Window
Dome Light (If Equipped) Push down on the button (Item 1) [Figure 31] to release
the latch. Push the handle outward to open the window.
Figure 30
Figure 32
P-87993 P-87992
Press the lens on the dome light (Item 1) [Figure 30] to Exit through the rear window [Figure 32].
turn the light ON; press a second time to turn OFF.

45 of 260
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LEVER Operation (SST)
Operation (HST) Figure 34
Figure 33
1
P-84904
The engine speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 33] is

located at the right of the steering column.
Move the engine speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 33]

backward to increase engine speed. Move the lever
forward to decrease engine speed.
2
P-92931
The engine speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 34] is

located at the right of the steering column.
The engine speed control pedal (Item 2) [Figure 34] is

located at the right floor plate.
The engine speed control lever is used when a constant

engine speed is desired. Move the engine speed control
lever (Item 1) backward to increase engine speed. Move
the lever forward to decrease engine speed. (Move the
engine speed control lever to low engine speed before
using the engine speed control pedal.)
NOTE: If the engine speed control lever has not been

moved to low engine speed, when using the
engine speed control pedal, releasing the
pedal will only decrease to the position set by
the engine speed control lever.
Press the engine speed control pedal (Item 2) to increase

engine speed, release the pedal to decrease engine
speed.

46 of 260
PARKING BRAKE Figure 36
Operation SST MODELS LOCKED
WARNING
4 1
the operators seat. Rollaway can occur because the
transmission may not prevent machine movement.
Lock the brake pedals together before activating the
parking brake.
W-2656-0807
2 3
P-92930
NOTE: Always keep the left and right brake pedals

locked together for road travel.
With the brake pedals locked together (Item 1), press

down fully on the brake pedals (Item 2 and 3). Press

down and hold the parking brake lever (Item 4) and
remove foot from the brake pedals (Item 2 and 3). The
brake pedals (Item 2 and 3) [Figure 35] or [Figure 36]
must remain in the engaged position.
Figure 35
LOCKED When the parking brake is engaged, the parking brake
HST MODELS
indicator light will be illuminated. (See Instrument Panel
on Page 32.)
1
To release the parking brake, press down on the brake
pedals (Item 2 and 3). The parking brake lever (Item 4)
[Figure 35] or [Figure 36] will disengage.
NOTE: The brakes must be adjusted if the brake

pedals can be pressed down more than the
allowable limit. (See BRAKE SYSTEM on Page
161.)
2 3
P-84902
P-84901

47 of 260
BRAKE PEDALS (HST) With brake pedals locked together, the compact tractor
should stop in a straight line. If compact tractor pulls to
Operation one side, brake adjustment is needed. (See BRAKE
One or both brake pedals must be depressed before the SYSTEM on Page 161.)
engine can be started.
NOTE: Brakes must be adjusted if the brake pedals
can be pressed down more than the allowable
limit or when the compact tractor pulls to one
WARNING side when stopping. (See BRAKE SYSTEM on
Page 161.)
Brake pedals must be locked together before
activating the parking brake or for road travel. Only
unlock the brake pedals when brake adjustment is
WARNING
needed or when using the brake pedals for slow
speed turning in work applications. Using unlocked
Steering and braking can be affected by the
brake pedals to stop the machine at high speeds may
loader attachment, implements, front wheel
cause accidental turning or tipping. Slow down
assist and the rear differential lock. Always
before making a turn. Inspect and adjust the brakes
install the correct ballast. Do not exceed the
as needed.
W-2750-0708 Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
Always carry loads low. Slow down when turning.
Always lock the brake pedals together for road
Figure 37 travel.
Unlock the brake pedals only when using brake

UNLOCKED 3 LOCKED
pedals to assist in slow speed turns in work
applications.
3
Make sure that the brakes are adjusted correctly
so the compact tractor does not pull to one side
when braking.
W-2738-0708
See Steering section for instruction to use the brake

pedals for slow speed turning in work applications. (See
STEERING WHEEL on Page 54.)
3
Figure 38
1 2
P-84900

locked together for road travel. Only unlock
the brake pedals if using the brakes to assist
in turning during slow speed work conditions. 2
With the left and right brake pedals (Item 1 and 2) in the 3
disengaged position, rotate the pedal lock (Item 3) P-86959A
[Figure 37] to the locked position. (Both pedals will now
move together as one pedal.)
When the pedal lock (Item 1) is in the unlock position, the
To stop compact tractor movement, press down fully on unlocked brake indicator switch (Item 2) will activate the
the brake pedals (Item 1 and 2) [Figure 37]. unlocked brake indicator icon (Item 3) [Figure 38] on the
dash.

48 of 260
BRAKE PEDALS (SST) To stop compact tractor movement, press down fully on
the brake pedals (Item 1 and 2) [Figure 39].
Operation
With brake pedals locked together, the compact tractor
The right brake pedal must be depressed before the should stop in a straight line. If compact tractor pulls to
engine can be started. one side, brake adjustment is needed. (See BRAKE
SYSTEM on Page 161.)
NOTE: Brakes must be adjusted if the brake pedals

WARNING can be pressed down more than the allowable
limit or when the compact tractor pulls to one
side when stopping. (See BRAKE SYSTEM on
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Page 161.)
WARNING
before making a turn. Inspect and adjust the brakes AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
as needed. Steering and braking can be affected by the
W-2750-0708 loader attachment, implements, front wheel

Figure 39 Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
UNLOCKED LOCKED Always carry loads low. Slow down when turning.
3 Always lock the brake pedals together for road
travel.
3 Unlock the brake pedals only when using brake
applications.
when braking.
W-2738-0708
See Steering section for instruction to use the brake

pedals for slow speed turning in work applications. (See
STEERING WHEEL on Page 54.)
3
1 2 P-92929

locked together for road travel. Only unlock
the brake pedals if using the brakes to assist
in turning during slow speed work conditions.
With the left and right brake pedals (Item 1 and 2) in the
disengaged position, rotate the pedal lock (Item 3)
[Figure 39] to the locked position. (Both pedals will now
move together as one pedal.)

49 of 260
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDALS (HST ONLY) FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) LEVER (SST
ONLY)
Operation
Operation
The travel control pedals must be in neutral before
shifting the speed range lever. The Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) lever must be in
neutral before the engine can be started.
WARNING Figure 41

When on flat level ground, the compact tractor must
not move with the travel control pedal(s) in the
neutral position and the speed range lever in gear. If 2
any movement is detected, discontinue operation
and contact your Bobcat dealer for service.
W-2591-0907
Figure 40
F 1

N
1 P-92916
2
P-84914
Pull lever (Item 1) [Figure 41] toward steering wheel and

move the lever forward for Forward (F) travel.
The travel control pedals are used to control the forward
and reverse movement of the compact tractor (HST
Pull lever (Item 1) [Figure 41] toward steering wheel and
ONLY). The farther a pedal is pressed, the faster the
move the lever backward for Reverse (R) travel.
travel speed.
Move the lever (Item 1) [Figure 41] to the center position
Press the travel control pedal smoothly. Avoid sudden
for Neutral (N).
starting and stopping. Look in the direction of travel.
The N (Item 2) [Figure 41] will illuminate when the F-N-R
Press the forward travel pedal (Item 1) [Figure 40] for
lever is in the Neutral (N) position.
forward travel.
Press the reverse travel pedal (Item 2) [Figure 40] for

reverse travel.
Remove foot from the travel control pedal (Item 1 or 2)

and the pedal will return to neutral and slow the compact
tractor to a stop. (Use the brake pedals to assist in
slowing the compact tractor.)

50 of 260
SPEED RANGE LEVER (HST) 2. Press the brake pedals. Move the speed range lever
to the selected position (L - N - M - N - H).
Operation
NOTE: If Speed Range Lever will not operate
The speed range lever must be in neutral before the correctly, the Speed Range Lever may need to
engine can be started. be calibrated. See your Bobcat dealer for
service.
Figure 42
4 3
2

LOW N MED N HIGH
P-84909
Move the speed range lever (Item 1) [Figure 42] forward

for High (H) speed range, back for Neutral (N), back for
medium (M), back for neutral (N) or rearward for Low (L)
speed range.
The Icons (Item 2, 3, 4 and 5) [Figure 42] will illuminate

per the selected speed range.
IMPORTANT
AVOID TRANSMISSION DAMAGE
Always stop the compact tractor before shifting the
speed range lever, engaging the rear differential lock
or engaging the front wheel assist (4WD).
I-2280-0907
If it is difficult to move the speed range lever (Item 1)

[Figure 42], do the following:
1. Slightly depress the travel control pedal forward (Item

1) [Figure 40] or reverse (Item 2) [Figure 40] to
rotate the transmission gears slightly. Remove foot
from the travel control pedal.

51 of 260
SPEED RANGE LEVER (SST) GEAR SHIFT LEVER (SST ONLY)
Operation Operation
Figure 43 Figure 44
1 3
1
N 1
2 4
LOW N MED N HIGH
P-92934
P-92934
Press the brake pedals, press the clutch pedal fully and
move the speed range lever (Item 1) [Figure 43] forward Press the clutch pedal fully and move the gear shift lever
for High (H) speed range, back for Neutral (N), back for (Item 1) [Figure 44] to the desired gear (1st, 2nd, 3rd or
medium (M), back for neutral (N) or rearward for Low (L) 4th).

speed range.
If it is difficult to move the gear shift lever (Item 1)
NOTE: The compact tractor must be completely [Figure 44], do the following:
stopped, the brake pedals and the clutch
pedal pressed before moving the speed range 1. Release the clutch pedal to rotate the transmission
lever or transmission damage could occur. gears slightly, then depress the clutch pedal fully.
If it is difficult to move the speed range lever (Item 1) 2. Move the gear shift lever to the selected position (1st,
[Figure 43], do the following: 2nd, 3rd or 4th).
1. Release the clutch pedal to rotate the transmission NOTE: The compact tractor can be shifted (1 - 2 - 3 -
gears slightly, then depress the clutch pedal fully. 4) while moving at slower speeds. Press the
clutch pedal fully before changing gears.
2. Move the speed range lever to the selected position
(L - N - M - N - H).

52 of 260
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL Operation
Description Figure 45
TOP VIEW
The rear axle differential lock can be used to provide HST MODELS
extra traction to the rear axle when engaged (EXAMPLE:
Muddy conditions).
WARNING 1

Steering may be difficult with the rear differential
lock engaged.
Always operate the machine at low speeds with the P-84912A
differential lock engaged. Disengage differential lock
before making turns.
W-2658-0907
Figure 46
TOP VIEW
SST MODELS

IMPORTANT 1
AVOID TRANSMISSION DAMAGE

Always stop the compact tractor before shifting the
speed range lever, engaging the rear differential lock
or engaging the front wheel assist (4WD).
I-2280-0907
P-92928A
The rear axle differential lock pedal (Item 1) [Figure 45]

or [Figure 46] is located below the left side of the
operators seat.
NOTE: Always stop the compact tractor before

engaging the rear differential lock.
To engage the rear axle differential lock, press down and

hold the differential lock pedal (Item 1) [Figure 45] or
[Figure 46] with the heel of the right foot.
To disengage the rear axle differential lock, remove foot

from the pedal (Item 1) [Figure 45] or [Figure 46].
NOTE: If the differential lock will not disengage,

reverse the travel direction for a short
distance, then resume normal operation.

53 of 260
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (HST ONLY) Engaging
Description Figure 48
WARNING
Use cruise control only in large open areas.
Slow down before turning or when operating in
rough terrain.
Lock both brake pedals together before engaging
the cruise control.
Disengage the cruise control by pressing both 2
brake pedals or by moving the cruise control to 3
the OFF position. P-84899
W-2577-1209
NOTE: Cruise Control is only available in the forward

The cruise control switch (Item 1) [Figure 47] is used to travel direction.
set the compact tractor forward travel speed at a constant
speed for operator comfort and operating efficiency. Increase forward travel to the desired speed. Press the

When a constant forward travel speed is desired, the top of the cruise control switch (Item 1) and release the
switch can be engaged (top of switch pressed) and the forward travel control pedal (Item 2) [Figure 48]. The
forward travel speed will be maintained. selected forward speed will be maintained.
The brake pedals must be locked together before cruise If a faster speed is required, you will need to turn the
control can be activated. cruise control switch (Item 1) to the OFF position,
increase speed as desired and then press the switch
Figure 47 (Item 1) [Figure 48] to the ON position.
NOTE: The left and right brake pedals (Item 3)

[Figure 48] must be in the locked together
position before the cruise control can be
activated. To lock the brake pedals, (See
2
BRAKE PEDALS (HST) on Page 46.)
Disengaging
SET
Press the brake pedals (Item 3) or push the bottom of the
ON cruise control switch (Item 1) [Figure 48] to disengage
the cruise control function.
1 OFF
After the cruise control switch has been disengaged, you
P-86958 will need to repeat the engaging procedure to reset travel
speed. (There is no resume feature.)
The cruise control switch (Item 1) has three positions, For cruise control adjustment, (See CRUISE CONTROL
OFF - ON - SET. When the cruise control is in the ON (HST ONLY) on Page 165.)
position, the cruise control icon (Item 2) [Figure 47] in
the dash panel will be illuminated.

54 of 260
FRONT WHEEL ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH Figure 50
Description
SST MODELS
The front wheel assist will provide extra traction when
engaged. (EXAMPLES: Muddy conditions, sandy soils,
tilling.) The front wheel assist should only be used in
working conditions and not in travel applications. If the
front wheel assist is engaged when traveling on paved
roads, there will be additional front tire wear. ON 3
1
OFF
WARNING
Front wheel assist can change the steering and
4 2
braking characteristics of the machine. Use the P-92927
correct ballast on the compact tractor and travel at
reduced speeds while the front wheel assist is
The front wheel assist switch (Item 1) [Figure 49] or
engaged. Do not engage the front wheel assist while
[Figure 50] is located below the left side of the
traveling at high speeds. Engage the front wheel
instrument panel.
assist only when the compact tractor is at a complete
stop.
W-2556-0807 NOTE: Always stop the compact tractor before
engaging the front wheel assist.

(For HST models) Press the brake pedals (Item 2)
[Figure 49]. (For SST models) Press the brake pedals
(Item 2) and fully depress the clutch pedal (Item 4)
IMPORTANT [Figure 50].
Driving on paved roads with the front wheel assist Press the top of the front wheel assist switch (Item 1).
engaged will increase front tire wear. Disengage the Release the brake pedals. (For SST models, also release
front wheel assist before traveling on paved roads. the clutch pedal.) The front wheel assist is now engaged.
The instrument panel front wheel assist ICON (Item 3)
Press the brake pedals and depress the clutch pedal [Figure 49] or [Figure 50] will be illuminated.
before engaging or disengaging front wheel assist.
I-2244-0907 To disengage the front wheel assist, bring the compact
tractor to a complete stop. (For SST models, Press the
brake pedals and fully depress the clutch pedal.)
Operation
Press the bottom of the front wheel assist switch (Item 1).
Figure 49
The front wheel assist is now disengaged. The
HST MODELS instrument panel front wheel assist ICON (Item 3)
[Figure 49] or [Figure 50] will now be OFF.
ON
1
OFF 3
2
P-84913

55 of 260
STEERING WHEEL
Operation WARNING
Figure 51
TILT STEERING Steering and braking can be affected by the
WHEEL UP 1 loader attachment, implements, front wheel
Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
Always lock the brake pedals together for road
travel.
Unlock the brake pedals only when using brake
applications.
TILT STEERING Make sure that the brakes are adjusted correctly
WHEEL DOWN so the compact tractor does not pull to one side
when braking.
P-84915B
W-2738-0708
The steering wheel (Item 1) [Figure 51] is adjustable up Figure 53

and down for operator comfort.

L R
Figure 52
P-84915B
P-84913B Turn the steering wheel (Item 1) clockwise (R) to turn

right when traveling in the forward direction. Turn the
steering wheel (Item 1) counterclockwise (L) [Figure 53]
Push down on the steering column adjustment lever
to turn left when traveling in the forward direction.
(Item 1) [Figure 52] and raise or lower the steering wheel
to the desired position.
Release the steering column adjustment lever (Item 1)

[Figure 52] and the steering wheel will stay in the WARNING
selected position.
Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
W-2813-1209

56 of 260
STEERING WHEEL (CONTD) SST Models
Figure 56
Operation (Contd)
PRESS CLUTCH PEDAL
HST Models (ITEM 1), SELECT GEAR,
Figure 54 MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM 2)
FORWARD FOR FORWARD
TRAVEL
PRESS FORWARD
TRAVEL PEDAL (ITEM 1)
FOR FORWARD TRAVEL 2
1
2
PRESS CLUTCH PEDAL

1 (ITEM 1), SELECT GEAR,
MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM 2)
PRESS REVERSE REARWARD FOR REVERSE
TRAVEL NA1845
TRAVEL PEDAL (ITEM 2)
FOR REVERSE TRAVEL
Depress the clutch pedal (Item 1), move the gear shift
lever to the desired speed, move the F-N-R lever (Item 2)
NA1846 [Figure 56] forward (F) and release the clutch pedal.
Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R) to turn right when

traveling in the forward direction.
Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R) and press the
forward travel control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 54] to turn Depress the clutch pedal (Item 1), move the gear shift
right when traveling in the forward direction. lever to the desired speed, move the F-N-R lever (Item 2)
[Figure 56] rearward (R) and release the clutch pedal.
Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R) and press the Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R) to turn right when
reverse travel control pedal (Item 2) [Figure 54] to turn traveling in the rearward direction.
right when traveling in the rearward direction.
Figure 57
Figure 55
PRESS CLUTCH PEDAL
(ITEM 1), SELECT GEAR,
PRESS FORWARD MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM 2)
TRAVEL PEDAL (ITEM 1) FORWARD FOR FORWARD
FOR FORWARD TRAVEL TRAVEL
2
2
1
1 PRESS CLUTCH PEDAL

(ITEM 1), SELECT GEAR,
PRESS REVERSE MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM 2)
TRAVEL PEDAL (ITEM 2) REARWARD FOR REVERSE
FOR REVERSE TRAVEL TRAVEL
NA1849
NA1850
Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L) and press [Figure 57] forward (F) and release the clutch pedal.
the forward travel control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 55] to Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L) to turn left
turn left when traveling in the forward direction. when traveling in the forward direction.
Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L) and press
the reverse travel control pedal (Item 2) [Figure 55] to
[Figure 56] rearward (R) and release the clutch pedal.
turn left when traveling in the rearward direction.
Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L) to turn left
when traveling in the rearward direction.

57 of 260
STEERING WHEEL (CONTD) Figure 60
Operation (Contd)
Using Brake Pedals To Assist Slow Speed Turning (HST)
PRESS FORWARD TRAVEL
PEDAL (ITEM 1) and
WARNING BRAKE PEDAL (ITEM 4)

FOR FORWARD TRAVEL
1
Brake pedals must be locked together before 2
needed or when using the brake pedals for slow 4
speed turning in work applications. Using unlocked PRESS REVERSE TRAVEL
brake pedals to stop the machine at high speeds may PEDAL (ITEM 2) and
BRAKE PEDAL (ITEM 4)
FOR REVERSE TRAVEL
as needed. NA1848
W-2750-0708
Figure 58 Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R), press the forward
travel control pedal (Item 1) and press the brake pedal
L R (Item 4) [Figure 60] to turn right when slowly traveling in
the forward direction.

Turn the steering wheel clockwise (R), press the reverse
travel control pedal (Item 2) and press the brake pedal
(Item 4) [Figure 60] to turn right when slowly traveling in
the rearward direction.
Figure 61
PRESS FORWARD TRAVEL

PEDAL (ITEM 1) and BRAKE
PEDAL (ITEM 3) FOR
FORWARD TRAVEL
1 2 P-84915
The left brake pedal (Item 1) and right brake pedal (Item 1
2) [Figure 58] can also be used to assist in tighter turns 2
during slow speed work applications.
Figure 59
UNLOCKED 3 LOCKED
3
3
PRESS REVERSE TRAVEL
PEDAL (ITEM 2) and
BRAKE PEDAL (ITEM 3)
FOR REVERSE TRAVEL
NA1852
Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L), press the

forward travel control pedal (Item 1) and press the brake
3 pedal (Item 3) [Figure 61] to turn left when slowly
traveling in the forward direction.
Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise (L), press the

reverse travel control pedal (Item 2) and press the brake
P-84900 pedal (Item 3) [Figure 61] to turn left when slowly
traveling in the rearward direction.
Rotate the brake lock lever (Item 3) [Figure 59] to the
unlocked position.
58 of 260
STEERING WHEEL (CONTD) Figure 64
Operation (Contd) MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM
Using Brake Pedals To Assist Slow Speed Turning (SST) 2) to F and RELEASE
CLUTCH PEDAL (ITEM 1)
2 and PRESS THE BRAKE
WARNING PEDAL (ITEM 4) FOR

FORWARD TRAVEL

needed or when using the brake pedals for slow 4
speed turning in work applications. Using unlocked MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM
1
brake pedals to stop the machine at high speeds may 2) to R and RELEASE
cause accidental turning or tipping. Slow down CLUTCH PEDAL (ITEM 1)
and PRESS THE BRAKE
PEDAL (ITEM 4) FOR
as needed.
FORWARD TRAVEL
W-2750-0708 NA1847
Figure 62 Depress the clutch pedal (Item 1), move the F-N-R lever
(Item 2) forward (F), release the clutch pedal and press
L R the brake pedal (Item 4) [Figure 64]. Turn the steering
wheel clockwise (R) to turn right when slowly traveling in
the forward direction.

Depress the clutch pedal (Item 1), move the F-N-R lever
(Item 2) rearward (R), release the clutch pedal and press
the brake pedal (Item 4) [Figure 64]. Turn the steering
wheel clockwise (R) to turn right when slowly traveling in
the rearward direction.
Figure 65
MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM
2) to F and RELEASE
1 2
PEDAL (ITEM 4) FOR
FORWARD TRAVEL
P-92936
The left brake pedal (Item 1) and right brake pedal (Item
2) [Figure 62] can also be used to assist in tighter turns
during slow speed work applications.
Figure 63 3
MOVE F-N-R LEVER (ITEM
UNLOCKED LOCKED 1 2) to R and RELEASE
3 PEDAL (ITEM 4) FOR
NA1851
FORWARD TRAVEL
(Item 2) forward (F), release the clutch pedal and press
wheel counterclockwise (L) to turn left when slowly
3 traveling in the forward direction.
(Item 2) rearward (R), release the clutch pedal and press
wheel counterclockwise (L) to turn left when slowly
P-92929A
traveling in the rearward direction.
Rotate the brake lock lever (Item 3) [Figure 63] to the
unlocked position.
59 of 260
LOADER CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) Loader Lift Operation
Description Move the joystick control lever backward to raise the

loader arms (Item 1) [Figure 66].
The joystick control lever (if equipped) activates the lift
and tilt functions when equipped with a loader.
Move the joystick control lever forward to lower the loader
Figure 66 arms (Item 2) [Figure 66].
3 3 Loader Arms Float Position
Move the joystick control lever all the way forward (Item
3) [Figure 67] until it locks into the detent (float) position.
2 Tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward (Item 4)

[Figure 67]. The attachment will follow the ground as the
compact tractor moves backward.
2 Use the float position of the loader arms to level loose

1 material while driving backward.
To disengage from the float position, move the joystick

control lever backward to raise the loader arms (Item 1)
[Figure 67].

1 Loader Tilt Operation
Move the joystick control lever to the right to tilt the bucket
P-84897G forward (Item 4) [Figure 67].
Move the joystick control lever left to tilt the bucket

Figure 67 backward (Item 5) [Figure 67].
5 4
P-84897B
Movement of the joystick control lever [Figure 66] and

[Figure 67] controls the lift and tilt functions of the loader.

60 of 260
LOADER CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) (CONTD) Relieve Hydraulic Oil Pressure (Joystick Control
Lever)
Joystick Lock Lever
Figure 69
WARNING 1

Do NOT use the joystick lock lever to support the
raised loader arms for servicing. Fully lower the
loader arms and the attachment flat on the ground
before servicing the compact tractor, loader or
attachment.
W-2664-0907
Figure 68
P-77968
Shut off the engine. If equipped with a loader, fully lower

UNLOCKED the loader arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground.

Relieve hydraulic pressure in the four couplers (Item 1)
1
[Figure 69] by moving the joystick control lever forward /
backward and side to side [Figure 66] and [Figure 67].
LOCKED
P-84895A
WARNING
The joystick lock lever (Item 1) [Figure 68] is used to Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
prevent accidental movement of the joystick when penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
operating the compact tractor. death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
Push the joystick lock lever (Item 1) [Figure 68] IN to lock not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
the joystick control lever. enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
Pull the joystick lock lever (Item 1) [Figure 68] OUT to W-2072-0807
unlock the joystick control lever.
WARNING
AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396

61 of 260
LOADER CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) (CONTD) Front Hydraulic Couplers (If Equipped)
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics (If Equipped) Figure 72
Figure 70
P-97163
To Connect:
P-92915A
Remove dirt or debris from both the female and male
couplers. Visually check the couplers for corrosion,
If the compact tractor is equipped with a loader and front damage or excessive wear, if any of these conditions
auxiliary hydraulic couplers, the joystick will have a switch exist, the couplers must be replaced. Retract the sleeve

(Item 1) [Figure 70] installed on the front of the joystick. on the female coupler. Insert the male coupler and push
the couplers tightly together. Pull back firmly on the male
Figure 71 coupler to make sure the couplers have engaged
properly.
To Disconnect:
Hold the male coupler and retract the sleeve on the
FEMALE female coupler. Pull to disengage the male coupler.
MALE
COUPLER COUPLER Relieve Hydraulic Pressure (Front Auxiliary
Hydraulics) (If Equipped)
Figure 73
1
P-92915
1
To supply hydraulic flow to the male coupler, press and
hold the switch (Item 1) [Figure 70] and move the
joystick (Item 1) [Figure 71] to the left.
To supply hydraulic flow to the female coupler, press and

hold the switch (Item 1) [Figure 70] and move the
joystick (Item 1) [Figure 71] to the right. P-92915A
NOTE: If the switch (Item 1) [Figure 70] is released If equipped with an attachment, fully lower the
while the joystick is activated to the left or attachment flat on the ground. Turn the start key to the
right (suppling hydraulic flow to the ON position but do not start the engine.
couplers), the bucket tilt function will activate.
Move the joystick to the neutral position Press and hold the switch (Item 1) [Figure 73] and move
before releasing the switch. the joystick left and right several times to relieve the
hydraulic pressure at the front couplers [Figure 72].

62 of 260
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF EQUIPPED) Figure 75
Description
AA CC
The rear (remote) auxiliary hydraulics are used for
engaging various functions of rear mounted implements.
The CT450 compact tractor can be equipped with two

pairs of rear auxiliary couplers. A C
NOTE: The detent for rear auxiliary hydraulic levers
(Item 1 and 2) [Figure 75] is optional. 1 2
IMPORTANT
Always move rear auxiliary hydraulic lever(s) out of
detent position before stopping the engine or when
B D
no implement is connected.
Lever(s) left in detent will make starting the
engine difficult.
Lever(s) left in detent with no implement BB DD
connected will cause the hydraulic fluid to
overheat and may damage the system. P-84895
I-2279-1008

Move the lever (Item 1) [Figure 75] forward to supply
hydraulic oil to coupler (A) [Figure 74]. Move the lever
Rear (Remote) Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Item 1) [Figure 75] completely forward into the detent
position (AA) [Figure 75] to supply continuous hydraulic
flow to coupler (A) [Figure 74]. Move the lever backward
to remove from detent.
WARNING Move the lever (Item 1) [Figure 75] backward to supply
hydraulic oil to coupler (B) [Figure 74]. Move the lever
AVOID BURNS (Item 1) [Figure 75] completely backward into the detent
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers position (BB) [Figure 75] to supply continuous hydraulic
can get hot when running machine and attachments. flow to coupler (B) [Figure 74]. Move the lever forward to
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick remove from detent.
couplers. Move lever (Item 2) [Figure 75] forward to supply
W-2220-0396 hydraulic flow to coupler (C) [Figure 74]. Move the lever
(Item 1) [Figure 75] completely forward into the detent
Figure 74 position (CC) [Figure 75] to supply continuous hydraulic
flow to coupler (C) [Figure 74]. Move the lever backward
to remove from detent.
Move lever (Item 2) [Figure 75] backward to supply
A hydraulic flow to coupler (D) [Figure 74]. Move the lever
C (Item 2) [Figure 75] completely backward into the detent
position (DD) [Figure 75] to supply continuous hydraulic
flow to coupler (D) [Figure 74]. Move the lever forward to
remove from detent.
1 3 Function Chart
LEVER 1 PUSH FORWARD PULL BACK

2 4
B D PORT A PRESSURE RETURN
P-84854 B RETURN PRESSURE
C PRESSURE RETURN
Rear auxiliary hydraulics couplers (Item 1, 2, 3 and 4) D RETURN PRESSURE
[Figure 74] are optional equipment.

63 of 260
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF EQUIPPED) Relieve Hydraulic Pressure (Rear Auxiliary
(CONTD) Hydraulics)
Hydraulic Couplers (If Equipped)
Figure 76 WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
W-2072-0807
Figure 77
P-84853

To Connect:
Remove the dust plugs. Remove dirt or debris from the

both the female and male couplers. Visually check the
couplers for corrosion, damage or excessive wear, if any 2
of these conditions exist, the couplers must be replaced. 1
Retract the sleeve on the female coupler. Insert the male
coupler and push the couplers tightly together. Pull back
firmly on the male coupler to make sure the couplers
have engaged properly.
To Disconnect:
Hold the male coupler and retract the sleeve on the

female coupler. Pull to disengage the male coupler.
Reinstall the dust plugs.
P-84895
Turn engine start key to the OFF position. If equipped

with an implement, fully lower the implement flat on the
ground.
Move the rear auxiliary hydraulic lever(s) (Item 1 and 2)

[Figure 77] forward and back several times to relieve the
hydraulic pressure at the rear couplers [Figure 76].

64 of 260
DRAWBAR Figure 79
Description
1
The compact tractor is equipped with an adjustable
drawbar. The drawbar is used for towing pull type
implements. Only use the drawbar that is supplied with
the compact tractor. Replace if damaged.
Adjusting Length 2
IMPORTANT
When operating drawbar pulled PTO driven P-86974A
implements, the drawbar must be installed in the full
length operating position. The drawbar positioned in
the short operating position may cause PTO driveline Swing Drawbar
stress or damage during turns.
I-2253-0607 The drawbar can also be used as a swing drawbar.
Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) and the drawbar pin
(Item 2) [Figure 79]. (Do Not use the swing drawbar for
Figure 78

rear-PTO driven implements.)
WARNING
3 Rear overturn can occur if loads are improperly
2
356 mm hitched above the drawbar.
(14.00 in) Pull from the drawbar or the three-point hitch lower
links only.
W-2581-0707
1 P-86975A
The drawbar has two mounting positions.
Operating position (Item 1) [Figure 78].
Storage position (Item 2) [Figure 78].
For storage position (Item 2), remove the two drawbar

pins and retainer pins (Item 3). Remove the drawbar and
rotate the drawbar 180. Reinstall the drawbar fully.
Reinstall the drawbar pins and retainer pins (Item 3)
[Figure 78].
NOTE: For PTO operation, set the drawbar in the

operating position (Item 1) [Figure 78] so that
there is a clearance of 356 mm (14.0 in)
between the end of the PTO shaft and the
implement clevis.

65 of 260
THREE-POINT HITCH Figure 81
Description
1
IMPORTANT UP
2
DOWN
Avoid equipment damage. It may be necessary to
remove the drawbar before using a three-point hitch
mounted implement. Check drawbar clearance
before using any three-point hitch mounted
implement. 3
3
I-2247-0607
Figure 80
P-84910A
The three-point hitch position lever (Item 1) [Figure 81] is

used to select the desired position of the three-point hitch
lower links. The position of the lever will determine the
position of the lower links.

Raising
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 81] back to raise the lower
links.
Lowering
P-86973A Push the lever (Item 1) [Figure 81] forward to lower the
lower links.
The compact tractor is equipped with a three-point hitch
Operation
classified as a Category 1 three-point hitch
[Figure 80]. The three-point hitch position lever is used
To Control The Three-Point Hitch Lower Links:
for controlling the working position of a three-point hitch
mounted implement.
The three-point hitch lever (Item 1) has a decal (Item 2)
[Figure 81] that is marked with numbers that represent
the lower link height position. (The numbers do not
represent an actual depth but are a visual reference for
selecting the lower link position. The operator will need to
learn through experience with the various implements
and soil conditions what the desired settings are.)
The adjustable stops (Item 3) [Figure 81] can be moved

to select the upper or lower positions of the three-point
links for a desired application.
To adjust the stops (Item 3) [Figure 81], turn the knob

counterclockwise to loosen the knob. Slide the stop to the
desired position and tighten the knob by turning
clockwise.

66 of 260
THREE-POINT HITCH (CONTD)
Remote Three-Point Hitch Position Lever
WARNING
CRUSHING CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arms and feet away from implement while
raising and lowering.
Do Not stand between the compact tractor and
implement.
Move the three-point hitch position lever slowly.
W-2748-0708
Figure 82

UP
1
DOWN
P-86957
The compact tractor is equipped with a remote three-

point hitch position lever (Item 1) [Figure 82].
The remote three-point hitch position lever is used to

select the desired position of the three-point hitch lower
links. The position of the lever will determine the position
of the lower links. The lever can be used to raise and
lower the lower links when connecting and disconnecting
a three-point implement.
SLOWLY move the three-point hitch position lever (Item

1) up to raise the lower links or SLOWLY move the three-
point hitch position lever (Item 1) [Figure 82] down to
lower the lower links.
NOTE: Do Not stand between the compact tractor

and the implement when raising or lower the
lower links. Keep arms and feet away from the
implement and three-point hitch components
when adjusting the lower link position.

67 of 260
THREE-POINT HITCH (CONTD)
Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / Lock Valve

IMPORTANT
Do not operate the three-point hitch control lever
WARNING with Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / Lock Valve
in the locked position. Hydraulic oil flow is restricted
by the lowering speed / lock valve and will activate
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH the relief valve. This can cause the hydraulic oil to
Do not use the Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / overheat.
Lock Valve for holding an implement in the raised I-2248-0907
position for servicing. Loss of hydraulic pressure
could cause the implement to drop. Always fully
lower or block the implement before servicing.
W-2564-0907
Figure 83

1
P-84894A
Using The Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / Lock

Valve:
The three-point hitch lowering speed / lock valve (Item 1)

[Figure 83] is used to control the lowering rate of the
lower links when the three-point hitch position lever is
moved.
Turn the knob (Item 1) counterclockwise to increase the

lowering speed. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 83]
clockwise to decrease the lowering speed.
The lowering speed / lock valve can also be used to lock

the three-point hitch lower links from lowering. The lock
valve does not prevent the three-point hitch lower links
from raising. The three-point hitch lower links should be
locked when traveling on a public road to help prevent
unintentional lowering of the implement.
NOTE: The lowering speed / lock valve should be set

so the implement takes at least two seconds
to go from fully raised to ground level.

68 of 260
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO)
Description
The rear PTO is standard equipment on the CT450
compact tractor. An optional mid-PTO is available.
The rear-PTO switch and mid-PTO lever must be in the
disengaged (OFF) position before the engine can be
started. Reduce the engine speed to low idle. Move the mid-PTO
lever down to the disengaged (OFF) position (if
The rear-PTO has a 540 rpm PTO shaft. equipped).
The mid-PTO has a 2000 rpm PTO shaft.
On the PTO switch, press the center black button (Item 1)
and then pull up on the yellow knob (Item 2) to engage
the rear-PTO. The light (Item 3) [Figure 84] in the dash
WARNING will illuminate and the rear-PTO shaft will start rotating.
Increase the engine speed to the desired rpm specified

for your implement.
Do NOT exceed the rated implement PTO speed.
Stay clear of rotating driveline.
Disengaging Rear-PTO
Keep bystanders away.
Keep hands, feet, clothing and long hair away.
Reduce the engine speed to low idle.
Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
Disengage PTO (rear and mid), engage the On the PTO switch, press down on the yellow knob (Item

parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all 2) to the disengaged (OFF) position. The light (Item 3)
rotating components are stopped before exiting [Figure 84] in the dash will turn OFF and the rear-PTO
compact tractor. shaft will stop rotating.
If using the compact tractor rear-PTO in a
stationary application; install blocks in front of
and behind the rear tires and keep away from the
PTO driveline when in use. Walk around the
equipment, do not step over, lean across or crawl
WARNING
under a rotating driveline.
Do NOT service the compact tractor or implement AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
with the PTO (rear or mid) engaged. Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
Do NOT service the implement in a raised Keep away from moving parts.
position unless properly blocked and with all Keep bystanders away.
rotating components stopped. Do NOT exceed 540 rear-PTO RPM or 2000 mid-
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel. PTO RPM.
W-2579-0907 W-2659-0907
Engaging Rear-PTO
Figure 84
P-84893B

69 of 260
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) (CONTD) Reduce the engine speed to low idle.
Engaging Mid-PTO (If Equipped) Move the mid-PTO lever (Item 1) [Figure 85] fully upward
to the engaged position.
NOTE: When the mid-PTO is engaged, the rear-PTO is
also engaged. On the PTO switch, press the center black button (Item 1)
and then pull up on the yellow knob (Item 2) to engage
Figure 85 the rear-PTO and mid-PTO. The light (Item 3)
[Figure 86] in the dash will illuminate and both the mid-
PTO and the rear-PTO shaft will start rotating.
Increase the engine speed to the desired rpm specified

for your implement.
ENGAGED Disengaging Mid-PTO (If Equipped)
Reduce the engine speed to low idle.
1 On the PTO switch, press the yellow knob (Item 2)

[Figure 86] down to the disengaged (OFF) position.
Move the mid-PTO lever (Item 1) [Figure 85] down to the
disengaged (OFF) position. The light (Item 3) [Figure 86]
DISENGAGED P-92926 in the dash will turn OFF and the rear-PTO and mid-PTO
shafts will stop rotating.

Figure 86
2
WARNING
Keep away from moving parts.
1 Keep bystanders away.
Do NOT exceed 540 rear-PTO RPM or 2000 mid-
3 PTO RPM.
W-2659-0907
P-84893B

70 of 260
DAILY INSPECTION
Figure 87
7125074

71 of 260
DAILY INSPECTION (CONTD)
Daily Inspection And Maintenance WARNING

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals to be
sure that the compact tractor is in good operating AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
condition [Figure 87]. Failure to do so will result in Instructions are necessary before operating or
excessive wear and early failures. The Service Schedule servicing machine. Read and understand the
is a guide for correct maintenance of the compact tractor. Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operators
It is located on the engine cover. (See MACHINE SIGN Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
TRANSLATIONS on Page 215.) warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
Check seat belt and mounting hardware. Replace if correct function after adjustments, repairs or
damaged. service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
Check Safety Interlock System (Neutral Start and W-2003-0807
Operating) for proper function.
Safety Signs (Decals), replace if damaged or missing.
Check ROPS and mounting hardware.
Repair broken or loose parts.
IMPORTANT
Clean pedals and foot rest areas.
Clean engine of flammable material. PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the

Check air cleaner and intake hoses / clamps. decal that could damage the decal causing it to
Check engine oil level and engine for leaks. peel from the surface.
Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
Check the hydraulic fluid level and system for leaks. least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
Check the engine cooling system and coolant level. the center of the decal toward the edges.
I-2226-0910
Clean debris from radiator, oil cooler, debris screen
and grille.
Check the tires for: wear, damage, proper size and
correct tire pressure.
Check parking brake and adjust if needed.
Check PTO shaft splines, guards, and shields.
Replace if damaged or missing.
Check three-point hitch linkage condition and for
proper operation.
Check loader mounting hardware for loose or broken
parts.
Monitor the display panel for fuel level, coolant
temperature and other engine and hydraulic
functions.
Grease Pivot Pins (Loader Arms, Cylinders, Bob-
Tach and Bob-Tach Wedges) (if equipped).

72 of 260
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE NOTE: Make sure the seat is locked after adjusting
the forward / rearward position.
Entering The Compact Tractor
Seat Belt Adjustment
Figure 88
Figure 90
P-84891B
P-84809A
Enter the compact tractor using the steps, grab handle
and / or steering wheel [Figure 88].
When ROPS is in the UP and locked position, (See
NOTE: Replace the floor mat if damaged or missing.
Foldable ROPS (If Equipped) on Page 40.) fasten the

Read the Operation & Maintenance Manual (located in a seat belt snugly [Figure 90]. Adjust the belt so that it fits
container on the back of the seat) and the Operators snug around the lower part of your hips.
Handbook (located in a container below the steering
column) before operating the compact tractor Do Not wear the seat belt when the ROPS is in the
[Figure 88]. lowered position.
The operator must be seated in the operator's seat

before the engine can be started.
Seat Adjustment IMPORTANT
Figure 89
Check the seat belt retractor for correct operation.
Keep retractor clean and replace as necessary.
I-2252-0707
1
WARNING
2
4 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The foldable ROPS (if equipped) must be in the
raised position with the seat belt securely fastened.
P-84810 For height restricted applications that require the
ROPS to be in the lowered position, DO NOT fasten
the seat belt. There is no rollover protection when the
Release the lever (Item 1) [Figure 89] to adjust the seat ROPS is in the lowered position. Put the ROPS in the
distance from the steering wheel. UP and LOCKED position when the height restricted
use is not required.
Turn the handle (Item 2) to change the adjustment for W-2553-0708
operator weight. Turn the handle until the operators
weight is shown in the window (Item 3) [Figure 89].
Rotate the knob (Item 4) [Figure 89] to adjust the height
of the seat.

73 of 260
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Pre-Starting (SST)
Pre-Starting (HST)
WARNING
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
When operating the machine: Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt. Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down.
Keep PTO shields and all guards in place. Keep bystanders away. Never carry riders.
Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down. W-2660-0907
Keep bystanders away. Never carry riders.
W-2660-0907
Figure 92
Figure 91
1
1

3 3
2
P-92925
2
P-84889
1. Press the brake pedals.
1. Press the brake pedals. 2. Press the clutch pedal fully.
2. Put the Speed Range Lever (Item 1) [Figure 91] in 3. Put the Forward-Neutral-Reverse Lever (Item 1)
the NEUTRAL position. [Figure 92] (F-N-R) in the NEUTRAL position.
3. Make sure the mid-PTO lever (Item 2) (if equipped) 4. Make sure the mid-PTO lever (Item 2) (if equipped)
and the rear-PTO switch (Item 3) [Figure 91] are in and the rear-PTO switch (Item 3) [Figure 92] are in
the disengaged (OFF) position. the disengaged (OFF) position.
4. Place the Travel Control Pedals and all controls in 5. Place the Speed Range Lever, the Gear Shift Lever
neutral. and all controls in neutral.
5. Keep feet and arms inside the operators area. 6. Keep feet and arms inside the operators area.

74 of 260
STARTING THE ENGINE Turn the key (Item 2) [Figure 93] to the ON position.
Key Switch
If the glow plug Icon (Item 3) [Figure 93] is ON, wait for it
to go OFF.
DANGER NOTE: The glow plugs can be manually activated by
turning the key to the PRE-HEAT position.
AVOID DEATH Pre-Heat for 60 seconds MAXIMUM.
Do not attempt to start the engine by shorting across
the starter terminals. (See Cold Temperature Starting on Page 74.)
Always start the machine from the operators seat Depress the brake pedals.
only.
D-1001-0907 (SST model ONLY) Fully depress the clutch pedal.
Turn the key to START position [Figure 93] and release it

when the engine starts. The key will return to the ON
position [Figure 93]. (See Safety Interlock System
(Neutral Start) (HST) on Page 36.) or (See Safety
Interlock System (Neutral Start) (SST) on Page 37.)
(The glow plug light may illuminate after starting the

engine.)
Move the engine speed control lever backward to

increase the engine speed.
Figure 93 Stop the engine if the warning lights stay ON after the
engine is running.
3
Move the engine speed control fully forward and turn the
key switch OFF [Figure 93] to stop the engine.
WARNING
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
1
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807
OFF ON
PRE-HEAT START
WARNING
2
Use ROPS and fasten seat belt.
Start and operate only from the operators seat.
Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-84904A machine.
W-2673-0907
Set the engine speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 93] to

the 1/2 speed position.

75 of 260
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONTD) MONITORING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
Cold Temperature Starting Procedure
Figure 94
WARNING 3
2
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212
1
WARNING
Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat) systems.
Explosion can result which can cause injury, death,
or severe engine damage.

W-2071-0907
If the temperature is below 0C (32F), use the following

procedure to make starting the engine easier:
Replace the engine oil with the correct type and P-84888
viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 179.)
After the engine is running, frequently monitor the
Make sure the battery is fully charged. instrument panel: engine coolant temperature gauge
(Item 1), low engine oil pressure indicator light (Item 2)
Install an engine heater. (See your Bobcat dealer for and low battery voltage light (Item 3) [Figure 94]. (See
parts.) Instrument Panel on Page 32.)
Turn the key to START position and release when the

engine starts [Figure 93].
Stop the engine if the warning lights stay ON after the

engine is running.
NOTE: When the key is turned to the START position,

the starter may produce a clicking noise in
cold weather. This is normal. Hold the key at
the start position for up to ten seconds until
the starter engages. If the starter does not
engage after ten seconds, then perform the
above procedure for starting the engine
easier or use a booster battery. (See Using A
Booster Battery (Jump Starting) on Page 189.)
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System
Let the engine run for a minimum of 5 minutes to warm

the engine and the hydrostatic transmission fluid before
operating.

76 of 260
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR
Procedure (HST) WARNING

Figure 95
1
Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
equipped).
5 Lock brake pedals together and engage the
parking brake.
4 Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only).
Place all controls in neutral.
3 Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and
2 remove the key.
W-2569-0909
WARNING

6 the operators seat. Rollaway can occur because the
P-84916A transmission may not prevent machine movement.
parking brake.
Stop the compact tractor on a flat level surface. W-2656-0807
Move the engine speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 95]

forward to decrease engine rpm.
Engage the parking brake. With the two brake pedals

locked together, press down fully on the pedals (Item 2).
Press down and hold the parking brake lever (Item 3)
[Figure 95] and remove foot from the brake pedals.
Fully lower the loader arms (Item 4) [Figure 95] and put
the attachment (if equipped) flat on the ground
Push down on the yellow PTO switch (Item 5) to the

disengaged (OFF) position. Move the mid-PTO lever
(Item 6) [Figure 95] (if equipped) down to the
Fully lower the implement (if equipped) to the ground.
Turn the key OFF.
Unbuckle the seat belt. Remove the key to prevent use by

unauthorized personnel and exit the compact tractor.
Make sure the PTO driveline and all rotating components
have come to a complete stop before exiting the compact
tractor (if applicable).

77 of 260
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR (CONTD) Turn the key OFF.
Procedure (SST) Unbuckle the seat belt. Remove the key to prevent use by
unauthorized personnel and exit the compact tractor.
Figure 96 Make sure the PTO driveline and all rotating components
1 have come to a complete stop before exiting the compact
4
2 WARNING
6 Before you leave the operators seat:
3
5 Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
equipped).
parking brake.
Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only).

remove the key.
W-2569-0909
9
P-92917A
WARNING
Stop the compact tractor on a flat level surface.
Move the engine speed control lever (Item 1) forward to The parking brake must be engaged before leaving
decrease engine rpm and remove foot from the engine the operators seat. Rollaway can occur because the
speed control pedal (Item 2) [Figure 96]. transmission may not prevent machine movement.
Press the clutch pedal fully (Item 3) and move the F-N-R parking brake.
lever (Item 4) [Figure 96] to the neutral position. W-2656-0807
Engage the parking brake. With the two brake pedals

locked together, press down fully on the pedals (Item 5).
Press down and hold the parking brake lever (Item 6)
[Figure 96] and remove foot from the brake pedals.
Fully lower the loader arms (Item 7) [Figure 96] (if

equipped) and put the attachment flat on the ground.

disengaged (OFF) position. Move the mid-PTO lever
(Item 9) [Figure 96] (if equipped) down to the
Fully lower the implement (if equipped) to the ground.

78 of 260
ATTACHMENTS
Choosing The Correct Bucket

WARNING
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH assist and the rear differential lock. Always
Never use attachments or buckets which are not install the correct ballast. Do not exceed the
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are Always carry loads low. Slow down when turning.
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments Always lock brake pedals together for road travel.
can cause injury or death. Make sure that the brakes are adjusted correctly
W-2052-0907 so the compact tractor does not pull to one side
when braking.
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments W-2558-0908
are used.
Pallet Forks
Steering and braking can be affected by the loader
attachment. Always install the correct rear ballast and the Figure 97
tires with the correct load rating. Do not exceed Loader
lift capacities. (See Compact Tractor Loader Lift Capacity
on Page 241.)

The dealer can identify, for each model, the attachments,
buckets and ballast approved by Bobcat. The buckets
and attachments are approved for Loader lift capacity
and for secure fastening to the loader arms. Load varies with
model of pallet fork
For Loader lift capacity, (See Compact Tractor Loader Lift being used.
Capacity on Page 241.)
Loader lift capacity is determined by using the proper

rear ballast and a standard bucket filled with material of
normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If larger B-17255
buckets are used, the load center can change and the
Loader lift capacity will be reduced. If very dense material
is loaded, the volume must be reduced to prevent The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork
overloading. is shown in the Specifications section of this manual
[Figure 97]. (See Compact Tractor Loader Lift Capacity
on Page 241.)
WARNING See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for loader lift capacity when using a pallet
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH fork and for other available attachments.
Use ROPS and fasten seat belt.
Carry load low. Never carry riders.
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground only.
Adjust rear compact tractor wheels to the widest
setting.
Do not exceed the Loader lift capacity. Install the
correct rear ballast and the tires with the correct
load rating.
W-2640-0907

79 of 260
ATTACHMENTS (CONTD)
Choosing The Correct Bucket WARNING

Figure 98
WRONG Do not handle large objects (such as round bales or
posts) unless the loader is equipped with the proper
attachment and the load is secured. Level bucket or
attachment as load is being raised. Do not exceed
the Loader lift capacity. Slow down when turning.
Carry the load low.
W-2589-0907
B-23561A
Exceeding the Loader lift capacity [Figure 98] can cause

the following problems:
1. Steering may be difficult.

2. Tires may wear faster.

3. There will be a loss of stability.
4. The life of the machine will be reduced.
5. Braking performance may be reduced.
Use the correct size bucket for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
Loader lift capacity of the compact tractor equipped with
the correct rear ballast and the tires with the correct load
rating.

80 of 260
ATTACHMENTS (CONTD)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Pin-On) WARNING

NOTE: Make sure loader is properly installed on the
compact tractor with the correct pins and AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
hardware. (See Installing Loader Mounting Before you leave the operators seat:
Brackets on Page 127.) (See Installing The Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
Loader To The Compact Tractor on Page 135.) flat on the ground (if equipped).
equipped).
WARNING
parking brake.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and
Secure the attachment to the loader and install all remove the key.
the pins and hardware. W-2569-0909
Secure the loader to the compact tractor and
install all the pins and hardware.
Figure 100
When the loader is removed from the compact
tractor, keep the attachment secured to the
loader.
W-2663-0707
2

Installing
3
Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine and release
the parking brake.
Figure 99 4
P-97159
Install the pin (Item 1) [Figure 100] in the bottom hole

1 2 (both sides).
Align the tilt cylinder rod end and the level indicator
P-97165 bracket (Item 2) (right side only) to the attachment
mounting hole and install the pin (Item 3) [Figure 100]
(both sides).
Drive forward until the loader arm mounting hole (Item 1)
aligns with the bottom bucket (or attachment) mounting
Install the retaining bolt (Item 4) [Figure 100] and lock
hole (Item 2) [Figure 99] (both sides).
nut to secure each of the four pins. Tighten the locknuts
to 38 - 46 Nm (28 - 34 ft-lb) torque.
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)
Grease the tilt cylinder pins and bucket pins with a good
quality lithium based grease before use.

81 of 260
ATTACHMENTS (CONTD) Figure 102
LATER MODEL
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Pin-On) 3
(Contd)
3
Installing (Contd)
2
The right side cylinder is equipped with a bucket level 2
indicator. Depending on the bucket used, the level
indicator can be adjusted to show when the bucket is
level (parallel) to the ground.
Lower the loader arms and put the bucket flat on the
ground.
1
1
Figure 101
EARLY MODEL
3
3
P-97160
2 2
For Later Model: Loosen the level indicator clamp bolt

(Item 1) located on the right tilt cylinder. Adjust level

indicator slide bracket (Item 2) so that the end of the rod
1 is flush (Item 3) with the end of the slide bracket. Tighten
clamp bolt (Item 1) [Figure 102].
1
Ballast
Ballast will need to be added to the rear of the compact

P-80909 tractor for proper loader operation. (See Ballast (Rear) on
Page 241.)
For Early Model: Loosen the level indicator slide bracket
Tires
bolt (Item 1) located on the right tilt cylinder. Adjust level
indicator slide bracket (Item 2) so that the end of the rod
Tires with the correct load rating will need to be installed
is flush (Item 3) with the end of the slide bracket. Tighten
on the compact tractor for proper loader operation. (See
slide bracket bolt (Item 1) [Figure 101].
Tires on Page 250.)

82 of 260
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Pin-On)

(Contd)
WARNING
P-97165
equipped).
Lock brake pedals together and engage the Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE-
parking brake. STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only). PROCEDURE on Page 71.)
Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and Start the engine and release the parking brake.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909 Drive the compact tractor backward, away from the
bucket or attachment [Figure 104].

Removing
Lower the loader arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground.

Figure 103
2
P-97161
Remove the retaining bolt (Item 1) [Figure 103] and lock

nut from the four pins.
Remove the pins (Item 2) [Figure 103] (both sides).

83 of 260
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Bob-Tach)
NOTE: Make sure loader is properly installed on the

compact tractor with the correct pins and
hardware. (See Installing Loader Mounting
Brackets on Page 127.) (See Installing The
Loader To The Compact Tractor on Page 135.)
WARNING P-41502
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised
Secure the attachment to the loader and make (wedges fully raised) [Figure 105].
sure the Bob-Tach levers are fully engaged in the
locked position. Enter the compact tractor and perform the
Secure the loader to the compact tractor and PRESTARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
install all the pins and hardware. PROCEDURE on Page 71.)
tractor, keep the attachment secured to the Start the engine and release the parking brake.
loader.

W-2736-0608
Figure 106
Installing
NOTE: The illustrations and instructions provided

explain how to install a bucket attachment on
to a machine. Follow these same instructions
if you are installing different attachments
such as a grapple, pallet forks, etc.
The attachment mounting frame for the

attachment has a top flange that is designed
to receive the top edge of the Bob-Tach and
the lower part of the frame is designed to
receive the Bob-Tach wedges. B-23913A
Always inspect the compact tractor's Bob-Tach and the Lower the loader arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.
attachment mounting frame before installation. See the
compact tractor's Operation & Maintenance Manual. Drive the compact tractor slowly forward until the top
(See DAILY INSPECTION on Page 69.) edge of the Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange
of the attachment mounting frame [Figure 106].
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the

attachment.

84 of 260

(Contd)
Installing (Contd)
Figure 107
B-23919
Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully

engaged in the locked position [Figure 108] (wedges
fully extended through the attachment mounting frame
holes).
Figure 109
B-23915

Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the attachment is slightly
off the ground [Figure 107]. This will cause the
attachment mounting frame to fit up against the front of
the Bob-Tach.
NOTE: When leaving the operators seat to install an

attachment, tilt the attachment until it is
slightly off the ground.

STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) Frame contact point
B23922A
Both levers must contact the frame as shown when

WARNING locked [Figure 109].
If the levers do not engage in the locked position, see

your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
equipped).
parking brake.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909

85 of 260
ATTACHMENTS (CONTD) For Early Model: Loosen the level indicator slide bracket
bolt (Item 1) located on the right tilt cylinder. Adjust level
(Contd) indicator slide bracket (Item 2) so that the end of the rod
is flush (Item 3) with the end of the slide bracket. Tighten
Installing (Contd) slide bracket bolt (Item 1) [Figure 111].
Figure 112
WARNING 3
LATER MODEL
3
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be 2
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can 2
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
Figure 110
1
1

P-97160
Bob-Tach wedge
Bob-Tach wedge must must For Later Model: Loosen the level indicator clamp bolt
contact the lower edge of
contact the lower edge (Item 1) located on the right tilt cylinder. Adjust level
the attachment
of the attachment mounting indicator slide bracket (Item 2) so that the end of the rod
frame hole. is flush (Item 3) with the end of the slide bracket. Tighten
P-79780 clamp bolt (Item 1) [Figure 112].
Ballast
The wedges must extend through the holes in the
mounting frame of the attachment, securely fastening the Ballast will need to be added to the rear of the compact
attachment to the Bob-Tach [Figure 110]. tractor for proper loader operation. (See Ballast (Rear) on
Page 241.)
Connect the auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if applicable).
Figure 111 Tires
EARLY MODEL Tires with the correct load rating will need to be installed
3 on the compact tractor for proper loader operation. (See
3
Tires on Page 250.)
2 2
P-80909

86 of 260

(Contd)
WARNING
flat on the ground (if equipped). B-23916

equipped). Pull the Bob-Tach levers all the way up [Figure 113] until
Lock brake pedals together and engage the they are fully raised (wedges fully raised).
parking brake.
remove the key.
WARNING
W-2569-0909
Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever

tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
Removing can cause injury.
W-2054-1285
Always park on flat level ground.
Fully lower the loader arms and put the attachment flat STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
on the ground. Lower or close the hydraulic equipment (if PROCEDURE on Page 71.)
equipped).
Start the engine and release the parking brake.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put Figure 114
the attachment on planks or blocks before
removing the attachment from the machine.

Disconnect attachment hydraulic lines, if applicable, from

the compact tractor. (See Relieve Hydraulic Oil Pressure
(Joystick Control Lever) on Page 59.)
B-23914
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the compact tractor

backward, away from the attachment [Figure 114].

87 of 260
IMPLEMENT Exceeding the Three-Point Hitch lift capacity can cause
the following problems:
Choosing The Correct Implement
1. Steering may be difficult.
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved implements 2. Tires may wear faster.
are used. 3. There will be a loss of stability.
4. The life of the machine will be reduced.
Steering and braking can be affected by the implement.
Always install the correct front ballast. Do not exceed the 5. Braking performance may be reduced.
Three-Point Hitch lift capacities or machine towing
capacities. (See Three-Point Hitch Specifications on
Page 242.)
The dealer can identify, for each model, the implements

and ballast approved by Bobcat. The implements are WARNING
approved for Three-Point Hitch lift capacity and machine
towing capacity. Never use attachments, implements or buckets
which are not approved by the Bobcat Company.
For Three-Point Hitch lift capacity, (See Three-Point Hitch Attachments, implements and buckets for safe loads
Specifications on Page 242.) of specified densities are approved for each model.
Unapproved attachments, implements and buckets
The Three-Point Hitch lift capacity is determined by using can cause injury or death.
the proper front ballast. W-2709-0108

WARNING
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
Install the correct ballast (if required).
Never modify equipment. Never use unapproved
implements or attachments.
Operate the compact tractor from the operators
seat only.
W-2807-1110
WARNING
Always lock brake pedals together for road travel.
when braking.
W-2558-0908

88 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD) Figure 115
Installing And Removing Pull Type Implements
Installing
NOTE: Before installing or using any implement, read

and understand the implement Operation &
Maintenance Manual.
356 mm
Ballast may need to be added to the front of the compact (14.00 in)
tractor for proper operation when three-point hitch and
pull type implements are installed. (See BALLAST 1
(OPTIONAL) on Page 103.) and (See Three-Point Hitch
Specifications on Page 242.)
P-86975
Remove the mid-mount implement (if equipped). (See
Installing And Removing The Mid-PTO on Page 101.)
Adjust the drawbar (Item 1) [Figure 115] to the correct
Remove the three-point implement (if equipped). (See length of 356 mm (14.0 in) for PTO driven, pull type
Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch Mounted implement applications. (See DRAWBAR on Page 63.)
Implements on Page 91.)
Adjust or remove the three-point lower links, as
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See necessary, for clearance for the pull type implement so

STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) lower links do not interfere with any components. (See
THREE-POINT HITCH on Page 64.)
Adjust the hitch of the implement to match the height of
the compact tractor hitch. See the implement Operation & NOTE: Remove the three-point hitch lower links or
Maintenance Manual for details. raise the lower links, as needed, for pull type
implement clearance. If raised, lock the lower
links by using the three-point hitch lowering
speed / lock valve. (See Three-Point Hitch
Lowering Speed / Lock Valve on Page 66.)
WARNING
Rear overturn can occur if loads are improperly
hitched above the drawbar.
Pull from the drawbar or the three-point hitch lower
links only.
W-2581-0707

89 of 260

(Contd)
Installing (Contd) 1

PROCEDURE on Page 71.)
2
Drive the compact tractor to the implement.
WARNING P-80931A
ACCIDENTAL MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE Connect the implement to the drawbar using a low profile
INJURY OR DEATH hitch pin (Item 1). The hitch pin should be long enough to
Keep bystanders away when connecting go through the hitch on the implement. Install a retainer
implement. pin (Item 2) [Figure 116].
If using a second person to help connect
Figure 117

implement, to not stand between tractor and
implement while tractor is moving.
W-2620-1104

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH B-23639A
Connect the implement safety chain (Item 1)
[Figure 117] to the compact tractor. Allow no more slack
Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if in the chain than is necessary for turning. (See Safety
equipped). Chains on Page 111.)
parking brake.

Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and IMPORTANT
remove the key.
W-2569-0909 Use only approved safety chains when towing
equipment.
See your implement or attachment dealer for
safety chains for your equipment.
Replace safety chains that are broken, stretched
or damaged.
I-2235-0907

90 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD)

(Contd) WARNING
Installing (Contd) AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Disengage the PTO (rear and mid), engage the
Figure 118 parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all
rotating components are completely stopped
before connecting, disconnecting, adjusting or
BRACKET cleaning any PTO driven equipment.
EXAMPLE Always keep PTO shields and all guards in place
when using PTO driven equipment.
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel.
Keep hands, feet and clothing away.
W-2568-0907
MS2039
If the implement requires remote hydraulic operation or

an electrical harness, connect the hoses to the remote

hydraulic couplers or the harness to the rear electrical
connector. (See REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF
Secure hoses and wiring (if applicable) to prevent

damage. The illustration in [Figure 118] shows an
example of a hose guide bracket on an implement.
IMPORTANT
To prevent hose damage caused by dragging on the
ground, rubbing, pinching or PTO entanglement:
Support attachment and implement hydraulic
hoses using available hose guides or supports.
Contact your implement or attachment dealer for
available hose guides or supports.
I-2230-0907
If the implement requires PTO operation, connect the

PTO driveline to the implement PTO shaft and the
compact tractor rear-PTO shaft. (See Installing And
Removing The Rear-PTO on Page 98.)

91 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD)

(Contd)
WARNING
WARNING parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH cleaning any PTO driven equipment.
Before you leave the operators seat: Always keep PTO shields and all guards in place
Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment when using PTO driven equipment.
flat on the ground (if equipped). Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel.
Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if W-2568-0907
equipped).
parking brake. Remove the front ballast from the compact tractor (if
Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only). equipped).
remove the key.
W-2569-0909

Removing


Block the wheels of the implement to keep it from moving

(if applicable).
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses or electrical connections

(if applicable). (See REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF
Disconnect the PTO driveline (if applicable) from the

compact tractor. (See Installing And Removing The Rear-
PTO on Page 98.)
Remove the safety chain (Item 1) [Figure 117].
Remove the drawbar hitch pin (item 1) and retainer pin

(Item 2) [Figure 116].
Place a block of wood on the ground and lower the hitch

of the implement onto the block of wood. (In freezing
conditions; park the implement on planks or blocks to
prevent the implement from freezing to the ground.)

92 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD) Installing
Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch Mounted NOTE: Before installing or using any implement, read
Implements and understand the implement Operation &
Maintenance Manual.
The three-point hitch on the CT450 is classified as a
Category 1 Three-Point Hitch. Ballast may need to be added to the front of the compact
tractor for proper operation when three-point hitch and
Figure 119 pull type implements are installed. (See BALLAST
(OPTIONAL) on Page 103.) and (See Three-Point Hitch
1 Specifications on Page 242.)
WARNING
2
A AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Warnings and instructions in this manual and on the
B 3 machine are for your protection.
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions can

C
cause serious injury or death.
W-2621-1104

P-86972
Figure 120
Positioning The Top Link:
The top link (Item 1) has three mounting positions: A, B

or C [Figure 119].
Remove the retainer pin (Item 2) and pin (Item 3)

[Figure 119].
Install the top link (Item 1) to the desired position and

install the pin (Item 3) and retainer pin (Item 2) 2 2
1
[Figure 119].
For light to medium draft loads: Install the top link in

the bottom hole C. Example, landscape rake. 3
P-86971
For medium to heavy draft loads: Install the top link in
the center hole B. Example, tiller or box blade.
Move the drawbar (Item 1) [Figure 120] to the storage
For heavy draft loads: Install the top link in the top hole position or remove the drawbar (if necessary) so that the
A. Example, plow or ripper. drawbar does not interfere with raising and lowering the
implement. (See DRAWBAR on Page 63.)
Remove the mid-mount implement. (See Installing And

Removing The Mid-PTO on Page 101.)
The three-point hitch lower links must be wide enough to

clear the implement mounting pins.
Remove the sway bar pins (Item 2) (both sides) and

move the two lower links (Item 3) (as needed). Reinstall
the pins (Item 2) [Figure 120]. (See Sway Bar
Adjustment on Page 97.)

93 of 260
Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch Mounted
Implements (Contd)
1
Installing (Contd)
WARNING 4
3
Before backing the compact tractor, look in all 2
directions and make sure no bystanders are in the
work area. Do not allow anyone between the compact P-80929B
tractor and the implement when backing up to the
implement for installation.
W-2570-0807
Install the lower link (Item 1) on the implement pin (Item
2) (both sides). Install the retainer pin (Item 3)
[Figure 122] (both sides). (See Extendable Lower Link
Figure 121 Adjustment on Page 97.) The implement can be leveled
side to side by adjusting the right lift link. (See Lifting Link
The sway bar pins can be removed to help with the
2 1 installation of the lower links to the implement pins. (See
Sway Bar Adjustment on Page 97.)

3
Perform the pre-starting procedure. (See PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine
and release the parking brake.
5 Drive the compact tractor backward, with the implement
on the ground, until the lower links lock into the operating
position (Item 4) [Figure 122].

4 STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)
P-80930B
Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE- WARNING

PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine and release AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
the parking brake. Keep fingers and hands out of pinch points when
installing and removing implements.
Drive the compact tractor to the implement and align the W-2571-0807
lower links (Item 1) with the implement lower mounting
pins (Item 2) [Figure 121] (both sides).
Use the three-point hitch position lever (Item 3) or the

remote three-point hitch position lever (Item 4)
[Figure 121] to align the height of the lower links to the
WARNING
implement mounting pins.
CRUSHING CAN CAUSE
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) Keep arms and feet away from implement while
The lower links can be extended for improving implement Do Not stand between the compact tractor and
installation by pressing on the link lever (Item 5) implement.
[Figure 121] and extending the lower links. (See Move the three-point hitch position lever slowly.
Extendable Lower Link Adjustment on Page 97.) W-2748-0708

94 of 260

Implements (Contd)
BRACKET
EXAMPLE
Installing (Contd)
Figure 123
MS2039
If the implement requires remote hydraulic operation or

an electrical harness, connect the hoses to the remote
hydraulic quick couplers or the harness to the rear
electrical connector. (See REAR AUXILIARY
HYDRAULICS (IF EQUIPPED) on Page 61.)
P-86972 Secure hoses and wiring (if applicable) to prevent

damage. The illustration in [Figure 125] shows an
example of a hose guide bracket on an implement.
Remove the top link (Item 1) [Figure 123] from the

storage position.
Figure 124 IMPORTANT

To prevent hose damage caused by dragging on the
ground, rubbing, pinching or PTO entanglement:
Support attachment and implement hydraulic
2 hoses using available hose guides or supports.
Contact your implement or attachment dealer for
1 available hose guides or supports.
I-2230-0907
3 If the implement requires PTO operation, connect the

PTO driveline between the implement PTO shaft and the
compact tractor rear-PTO shaft. (See Installing And
P-84800
Lower the top link (Item 1) [Figure 124] until it aligns with
the implement upper mounting hole.
Install the pin (Item 2) and retainer pin (Item 3)

WARNING
[Figure 124].
The implement can be leveled front to back by adjusting Disengage the PTO (rear and mid), engage the
the top link. (See Top Link Adjustment on Page 96.) parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all
The implement side to side sway will need to be adjusted. before connecting, disconnecting, adjusting or
(See Sway Bar Adjustment on Page 97.) cleaning any PTO driven equipment.
Always keep PTO shields and all guards in place
W-2568-0907

95 of 260

2
Implements (Contd)
Removing
WARNING 1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH JACK

Before you leave the operators seat: EXAMPLE
flat on the ground (if equipped). B-24951
equipped).
Lower the implement to the ground. Use an approved
jack (Item 1) [Figure 126] to support the implement (if
parking brake.
equipped) or block the implement. (In freezing conditions,
Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only). place the implement on blocks or planks to keep the
Place all controls in neutral. implement from freezing to the ground.)
remove the key.

W-2569-0909
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) Disconnect the PTO driveline (if applicable) and install
the PTO driveline into the storage area (Item 2)
Make sure the PTO driveline and all rotating components [Figure 126] (if equipped). (See Installing And Removing
have come to a complete stop before exiting the compact The Rear-PTO on Page 98.)
Block the wheels of the implement to keep it from rolling

(if applicable).
WARNING
CRUSHING CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arms and feet away from implement while
Do Not stand between the compact tractor and
implement.
Move the three-point hitch position lever slowly.
W-2748-0708

96 of 260

Implements (Contd)
Removing (Contd)
Figure 127 1
2 3
3
P-80926
Remove the retainer pins (Item 1) [Figure 129] from the

1 three-point hitch links (both sides).
Move the lower links (Item 2) out from the implement pins
P-84800 (Item 3) [Figure 129] (both sides). (See Sway Bar

Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) and pin (Item 2) Figure 130
[Figure 127].
Remove the top link (Item 3) [Figure 127] from the

implement.
Figure 128
P-80930

the parking brake.
P-86972
Slowly drive the compact tractor away from the

Place the top link (Item 1) into the storage position implement [Figure 130].
bracket (Item 2) [Figure 128].
Remove the front ballast from the compact tractor (if
equipped).

97 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD) Top Link Adjustment
Lifting Link Adjustment Figure 132
Figure 131
2
3
1
1 P-84800
P-78938
The top link (Item 1) [Figure 132] is used to adjust the

The right lift link (Item 1) [Figure 131] is used to adjust front to back level of the implement.
the side to side level of the implement.

Loosen the lock nut (Item 2) and use the lever (Item 3
Raise the lever retainer (Item 2) and turn the lever (Item [Figure 132] to lengthen or shorten the top link.
3) [Figure 131] to raise and lower the right lift link.
Turn clockwise to lengthen the top link, turn
Turn clockwise to lengthen link, turn counterclockwise to counterclockwise to shorten top link.
shorten link.
After the implement has been leveled, tighten the lock nut
After the implement has been leveled, lower the retainer (Item 2) [Figure 132].
(Item 2) [Figure 131] to secure the lever

98 of 260
IMPLEMENT (CONTD) Extendable Lower Link Adjustment
Sway Bar Adjustment Figure 135
Figure 133 1
1 1
P-80930
P-78936
The lower links (Item 1) [Figure 135] (both sides) are
extendable for ease of connecting to the implement.
The sway bars (Item 1) [Figure 133] (both sides) are
used to adjust the amount the implement can move side Figure 136

to side.
Figure 134 1
P-80929A
P-78937 Press the lever (Item 1) and pull the lower link (Item 2)
[Figure 136] outward to help align the lower link
mounting hole to the implement mounting hole.
Remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 134] from both sway
bars. After the implement is securely connected to the compact
tractor, the lower links will need to be returned to the
Adjust the sway bars. (See the implement Operation & operating position.
Maintenance Manual to determine the correct sway bar
adjustment recommended for your implement.) Perform the pre-starting procedure. (See PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 71.)
After the sway bars have been set, reinstall the pin (Item
1) [Figure 134]. Drive the compact tractor backward, with the implement
on the ground, until the lower links lock into the operating
NOTE: When adjusting the sway bars with an position (Item 3) [Figure 136].
implement installed, the implement will need
to be raised slightly off of the ground.

99 of 260
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) Figure 137
Installing And Removing The Rear-PTO

2
The CT450 compact tractor is factory equipped with a
rear-PTO. An optional mid-PTO is available.
The rear-PTO has a 540 rpm PTO shaft.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH P-86970
Do NOT exceed the rated implement PTO speed.
Keep bystanders away. The rear-PTO shaft cover (Item 1) is secured to the
Keep hands, feet, clothing and long hair away. compact tractor with a wing bolt (Item 2) [Figure 137].
Keep PTO shields and all guards in place. Remove the wing bolt and remove the shaft cover.
Disengage PTO (rear and mid), engage the
parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all NOTE: Reinstall the PTO shaft cover whenever the
rotating components are stopped before exiting PTO is not being used.
compact tractor.
If using the compact tractor rear-PTO in a If using pull type equipment, adjust the drawbar to the

stationary application; install blocks in front of correct length of 356 mm (14.0 in). Adjust or remove the
and behind the rear tires and keep away from the lower links, as necessary, for clearance for the pull type
PTO driveline when in use. Walk around the implement so it does not interfere with any three-point
equipment, do not step over, lean across or crawl hitch components. (See THREE-POINT HITCH on Page
under a rotating driveline. 64.)
Do NOT service the compact tractor or implement
with the PTO (rear or mid) engaged. NOTE: Remove the three-point hitch links or raise the
Do NOT service the implement in a raised three-point hitch links, as needed, for pull
position unless properly blocked and with all type implement clearance. If raised, lock the
rotating components stopped. three-point hitch lowering speed / lock valve
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel. so that the lower links can not be lowered.
W-2579-0907 (See Three-Point Hitch Lowering Speed / Lock
Valve on Page 66.)
Installing If using a three-point hitch type implement, adjust or
remove the drawbar, as necessary, so it does not
Install the implement to the compact tractor. (See interfere with any three-point hitch components. (See
Installing And Removing Pull Type Implements on Page DRAWBAR on Page 63.)
87.) or (See Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch
Mounted Implements on Page 91.)

STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) IMPORTANT
Make sure the PTO driveline and all rotating components Improper hitch installation can cause PTO driveline
have come to a complete stop before exiting the compact damage.
tractor (if applicable). Do not modify the hitch or use an unapproved
hitch.
Make sure PTO driveline is of adequate length
and that u-joints are in the correct phase.
I-2249-0807

100 of 260
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) (CONTD) Figure 138
Installing And Removing The Rear-PTO (Contd)

1
Installing (Contd)
WARNING
parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all
rotating components are completely stopped P-80982
cleaning any PTO driven equipment.
Always keep PTO shields and all guards in place Use the correct PTO driveline for use with the compact
when using PTO driven equipment. tractor rear-PTO shaft and the implement PTO shaft.
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel. (See Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Rear-PTO) on Page
Keep hands, feet and clothing away. 248.)
W-2568-0907
Connect the PTO driveline (Item 1) [Figure 138] to the
rear-PTO shaft of the compact tractor and the PTO shaft
of the implement. Make sure it is securely connected by

pushing and pulling on the driveline. See your implement
WARNING Operation & Maintenance Manual for additional
information.
DRIVELINE ENTANGLEMENT OR OVERSPEEDING NOTE: The rear-PTO driveline must have a means to
PTO CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH retain it to the PTO shaft on both the compact
tractor and the implement.
DO NOT install an adapter between the machine
PTO shaft and implement PTO driveline.
An adapter can extend the driveline universal
joint and connecting yoke beyond the PTO
shields. WARNING
An adapter can overspeed the implement PTO
causing driveline or implement damage. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
W-2799-0609 Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
PTO RPM.
W-2659-0907

101 of 260
POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) (CONTD)
Installing And Removing The Rear-PTO (Contd)
Removing


tractor.
Figure 139

P-80982
Disconnect the PTO driveline (Item 1) [Figure 139] from

the compact tractor rear-PTO shaft. See your implement
Operation & Maintenance Manual for additional
information.
WARNING
W-2568-0907

102 of 260
Installing And Removing The Mid-PTO

The mid-PTO has a 2000 rpm PTO shaft.
WARNING 2

Keep all shields and guards in place.
Do NOT exceed Mid-PTO speed of 2000 RPM.
P-92914
W-2636-0907
Remove the bolt (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)

[Figure 140] on the mid-PTO shaft.
WARNING NOTE: Reinstall the PTO shaft cover when the Mid-
PTO is not being used.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Install the implement onto the compact tractor according

Disengage the PTO (rear and mid), engage the to the instructions in the implement Operation &
parking brake, stop the engine and make sure all Maintenance Manual.
Figure 141
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel. 1
W-2568-0907
Installing


have come to a complete stop before exiting the compact P-80969
Block the wheels of the implement to keep it from moving Use the correct PTO driveline for use with the compact
(if applicable). tractor mid-PTO shaft and the implement PTO shaft. (See
Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Mid-PTO Optional) on
Page 248.)
Install blocks in front of and behind the rear tires on the
compact tractor. Connect the PTO driveline (Item 1) [Figure 141] to the
compact tractor mid-PTO shaft. Make sure it is securely
See your implement Operation & Maintenance Manual connected to both the compact tractor and the
for detailed information on installing the implement. implement. Check the connection by pushing and pulling
on the driveline See your implement Operation &
Maintenance Manual for additional information.
NOTE: The mid-PTO driveline must have a means to

retain it to the PTO shaft for both the compact
tractor and the implement.

103 of 260
Installing And Removing The Mid-PTO (Contd)
1
WARNING
P-80969
Keep hands, feet and clothing away. Disconnect the PTO driveline (Item 1) [Figure 142] from
W-2568-0907
the compact tractor mid-PTO shaft. See your implement
Operation & Maintenance Manual for additional
Removing information.
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See Remove the implement from the compact tractor. See

STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) your implement Operation & Maintenance Manual for
additional information.
tractor.
Block the wheels of the implement to keep it from moving

(if applicable).
Install blocks in front of and behind the rear tires on the

compact tractor.


104 of 260
BALLAST (OPTIONAL) Front Ballast
Ballast may need to be added to the front or the rear of The optional loader can be used as front ballast.
the compact tractor depending on the attachment or
implement. If a loader is not installed on the compact tractor, then an
Install the correct ballast on the compact tractor and do optional front ballast kit can be installed.
not exceed the Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
Refer to the ballast chart for the correct application. (See The front ballast kit contains a bracket and weights.
Ballast (Front) on Page 242.) or (See Ballast (Rear) on Install the front ballast bracket on the compact tractor.
Page 241.)
Add the correct amount of front ballast. (See Ballast
Remove ballast when they are not needed. The (Front) on Page 242.) See your Bobcat dealer for front
additional weight will make steering more difficult, affect ballast.
braking performance and increase wear on the tires.
Always check and adjust tire air pressure when adding or

removing weight.
IMPORTANT
Foam filled tires are NOT approved for use on the
WARNING Compact Tractor. Axle damage may occur with foam
filled tires. Warranty will be voided if foam filled tires
are used on this machine.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH I-2277-0608

when braking.
W-2558-0908

105 of 260
BALLAST (OPTIONAL) (CONTD) Rear Liquid Ballast
Rear Ballast A solution of water and calcium chloride can be used as a

safe and economical ballast in the rear compact tractor
Rear Ballast Box tires. Both rear tires must be filled to 75% full if liquid
ballast is used.
NOTE: Liquid ballast must be installed by a trained

WARNING technician. Contact your local tire service
store for installing or removing liquid ballast.
A water and calcium chloride mixture of 0.6 kg/liter (5.0
lb. / U.S. gal) will not freeze solid to temperatures above -
45C (-50F).
With the rear tire valve stem at the 12 oclock position, fill
tubeless tires to the valve stem level (75% full). Tubeless
tires filled with less water and calcium chloride mixture
would expose part of the rim and possibly cause
corrosion. Fill the other rear tire with liquid ballast.
when braking.
W-2558-0908
Tube type tires may be filled to any level below 90%.
NOTE: Do NOT add liquid ballast to the front tires.

Figure 143
When using the optional loader, a rear ballast box must
also be installed on the compact tractor. (See Rear
Ballast on Page 104.) With both rear tires filled to 75%
with liquid ballast, the ballast box must be filled with the
correct amount of weight. (See Ballast (Rear) on Page
241.)
1
IMPORTANT
Foam filled tires are NOT approved for use on the
Compact Tractor. Axle damage may occur with foam
P-86969A
are used on this machine.
I-2277-0608
Install the ballast box (Item 1) [Figure 143] to the three-
point hitch. (See THREE-POINT HITCH on Page 64.)
Fill the ballast box (Item 1) [Figure 143] with the correct
amount of weight. (See Ballast (Rear) on Page 241.)

106 of 260
TREAD WIDTH Rear
Front Figure 144
The front axle tread width is not adjustable.
For the correct wheel bolt / nut torques, (See Front Wheel
Nuts / Bolts on Page 198.)
NOTE: Contact your Bobcat dealer for the latest

information on tire availability and the tread
width information for the tires.
WARNING
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death. Tread Width Chart
W-2078-1007
TIRE A B C D

Ag 1270 mm 1377 mm 1407 mm 1519 mm
(50.0 in) (54.2 in) (55.4 in) (59.8 in)
Gen. 1270 mm 1377 mm 1407 mm 1519 mm
Purpose (50.0 in) (54.2 in) (55.4 in) (59.8 in)
The rear axle tread width is only adjustable when

equipped with the Ag or General Purpose tires. The
above chart shows the approved tire mounting positions
[Figure 144].
Tighten the rim mounting bolts to 225 Nm (166 ft-lb)

torque.
For the correct wheel bolt / nut torques, (See Rear Wheel
Nuts / Bolts on Page 198.)
NOTE: Contact your Bobcat dealer for the latest

information on tire availability and the tread
width information for the tires.
IMPORTANT
Always position the tire and rim as shown in the
illustration. If not installed as shown, the tire may
contact the compact tractor frame and damage
the tire and the frame.
Always maintain the correct wheel bolt / nut
torque. Follow the procedure in manual whenever
tires have been changed.
I-2254-0607

107 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE New operators must operate the compact tractor in an
open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until
Operating Compact Tractor With Loader Installed the compact tractor can be handled at an efficient and
safe rate for all conditions of the work area.
WARNING When going up and down slopes, engage the Front

Wheel Assist to increase traction. (See FRONT WHEEL
ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH on Page 53.)
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt. Operating Near An Edge Or Water
Install the correct rear ballast.
Do NOT exceed the Loader lift capacity. Keep the compact tractor as far back from the edge as
Adjust rear wheels to the widest setting. possible and the compact tractor wheels perpendicular to
Check tire condition and proper air pressure. the edge so that if part of the edge collapses, the
Use tires with the correct load rating. compact tractor can be moved back.
Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to
Always move the compact tractor back at any indication
roll over.
the edge may be unstable.
W-2665-0907
Operating With A Full Bucket And Rear Ballast

Inspect The Work Area
Figure 145
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area.
LOADED BUCKET & REAR BALLAST
Look for drop-offs or rough terrain. Have underground

utility lines (gas, water, sewer, irrigation, etc.) located and
marked.
Remove objects or other construction material that could

damage the compact tractor or cause personal injury.
Check the loader mounting hardware torque after the GOING UP SLOPE GOING DOWN SLOPE
first 30 minutes of use and then every eight hours B-23544A B-23545A
thereafter.
With a loaded bucket and rear ballast, go up or down the
Always check ground conditions before starting your
work: slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope
[Figure 145].
Look for signs of instability such as cracks or
settlement.
Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground

stability. WARNING
Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLL OVER CAN CAUSE SE-
Basic Operating Instructions RIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep the loader arms as low as possible.
When operating on a public road or highway, always Do not travel or turn with the loader arms up.
follow local regulations. Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
emblem or directional signals and hazard lights may be Go up and down slopes, not across them.
required. Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
Do not overload the machine.
Always warm up the engine and hydrostatic system Check for adequate traction.
W-2666-1109
before operating the compact tractor.
Operate with the engine at full speed for maximum

horsepower. Press the Travel Control Pedal only a small
amount to start movement of the compact tractor.

108 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD)
Operating With An Empty Bucket And Rear Ballast

WARNING
WARNING
Do NOT lift or carry any person in the loader.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do NOT walk under or work under raised loader
Steering and braking can be affected by the arms and attachments.
loader attachment, implements, front wheel Never modify equipment or use unapproved
assist and the rear differential lock. Always attachments.
install the correct ballast. Do not exceed the Operate the compact tractor and the loader from
Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities. the compact tractor operators seat only.
Do not allow loader arms or attachment to
contact electrical power lines.
When operating on public roads, use Slow
Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem, warning lights
and other equipment as needed. Follow all local
when braking.
W-2558-0908
regulations.
W-2573-0907
Figure 146
EMPTY BUCKET & REAR BALLAST

GOING UP SLOPE GOING DOWN SLOPE
B-23524A B-23528A
When going up and down slopes, engage the Front

Wheel Assist to increase traction. (See FRONT WHEEL
ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH on Page 53.)
With an empty bucket and rear ballast, go up or down the

slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope
[Figure 146].
Raise the bucket or attachment only high enough to avoid

obstructions on rough ground.

109 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Figure 150
Filling And Emptying The Bucket
Filling
Figure 147 3
2
1 1 B-23526A
Slowly tilt the bucket backward (Item 3) and raise the

2 loader arms (Item 2) [Figure 150] while driving into the
3 4
material.
Drive backward away from the material.

2 3
WARNING
4
Do not handle large objects (such as round bales or
P-84897D posts) unless the loader is equipped with the proper

attachment and the load is secured. Level bucket or
The joystick control lever is used for controlling the loader
attachment as load is being raised. Do not exceed
functions [Figure 147]. (See LOADER CONTROLS (IF
the Loader lift capacity. Slow down when turning.
Carry the load low.
Figure 148 W-2589-0907
1 Emptying
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
4 want to dump the material.
Move the compact tractor slowly to the dump area.

Figure 151
B-23529A
Lower the loader arms all the way (Item 1) and tilt the
bucket forward (Item 4) [Figure 148] until the cutting
edge is on the ground. Drive slowly forward to push the 4
bucket slightly into the material.
Figure 149 2
B-23541A
While raising the loader arms (Item 2), tilt the bucket
forward (Item 4) [Figure 151] to keep the bucket level
and help prevent material from falling off the back of the
bucket.
15 Max B-26838A Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck or bin.
NOTE: To avoid damage to the loader or bucket while
scraping forward, position the bucket level or Tilt the bucket all the way forward (Item 4) [Figure 151] to
less than 15 below level. empty the bucket.

110 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Backfilling
Leveling The Ground Using Float Figure 154
Figure 152
1
1A
4
1
4
B-23548A
2
B-23543A
Lower the loader arms (Item 1) [Figure 154] and put the
cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 4)
Raise the loader arms (Item 2) and tilt the bucket forward [Figure 154]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
(Item 4) [Figure 152]. push the material into the hole.
Push the joystick control lever all the way forward (Item Tilt the bucket forward (Item 4) [Figure 154] as soon as it
1A) [Figure 152] until it locks into detent position to is past the edge of the hole.
engage the float. The loader arms will slowly lower.

If necessary, raise the loader arms to empty the bucket.
Figure 153
40 Max B-26838B
NOTE: To avoid damage to the loader or bucket while

leveling in reverse, position the bucket level
or less than 40 below level.
Drive backward to level loose material.
Pull the joystick control lever backward (Item 2)

[Figure 152] to unlock the loader arms from the float
position.
IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for
the loader arms are in float position.
I-2268-0807

111 of 260
Towing Equipment With The Compact Tractor

WARNING
WARNING Steering and braking can be affected by the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH assist and the rear differential lock. Always
Rear overturn can occur if loads are improperly install the correct ballast. Do not exceed the
hitched above the drawbar. Loader or Three-Point Hitch lift capacities.
Pull from the drawbar or the three-point hitch lower Always lock brake pedals together for road travel.
links only. Make sure that the brakes are adjusted correctly
W-2581-0707 so the compact tractor does not pull to one side
when braking.
W-2558-0908
Make sure the hitch coupler is of adequate capacity for

the load being towed. Only use the drawbar that was
supplied with the compact tractor.
Do not tow a vehicle or trailer on public streets or

highways.
Read and understand the implement Operation &
Maintenance Manual and the compact tractor Operation Do not allow riders in a trailer or implement being towed.
& Maintenance Manual prior to installing or using any
implement. New operators must operate the compact tractor in an
Install the implement on the compact tractor. (See the compact tractor can be handled at a efficient and safe
Installing And Removing Pull Type Implements on Page speed for all conditions of the work area.
87.)
Avoid sudden starts, sudden stops, and tight turns when
Always inspect the compact tractor and the implement towing. Slow down when driving on wet, slippery or rough
before use. Inspect for damaged or loose parts, damaged terrain. Allow for additional stopping distance when
or missing PTO shields and guards. towing loads.
Do not exceed the towing capacity or the trailer hitch Avoid stopping on a slope when towing. If you must stop
tongue weight capacity of the compact tractor. If needed on a slope, avoid sudden starts or rolling backward and
install the correct front ballast. (See Ballast (Front) on stopping suddenly.
Page 242.)
Slow down when towing implements downhill by reducing
travel speed with the travel control pedal or pressing the
brake pedals as necessary.
Always park towed implements on flat level ground.
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for

unsafe conditions.

marked.

112 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Safety Chains
Towing Equipment With The Compact Tractor Figure 155

(Contd)

When operating on a public road or highway, always

follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving
Vehicle (SMV) emblem or directional signals and hazard /
flasher lights may be required.
Always warm up the engine and hydrostatic system

Check for safe operating speed, safe stopping distances

and braking characteristics that may be different with
each type of implement. Know that when implements are
installed, the compact tractor braking distance may
increase. B-23639A
When towing implements on a public roadway, use safety

chains with a tensile strength equal to or greater than the
WARNING gross weight of the unit being towed. This will control the
implement in the event the hitch pin is lost during
transportation [Figure 155].
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt. After the safety chains are installed between the
Install the correct front ballast. implement and compact tractor frame, check for
Never modify equipment or use unapproved adequate safety chain length. Drive the compact tractor
implements. to the left and right to check that the chains do not dangle
Operate the compact tractor from the operators on the ground or become tight during the turn. If
seat only. necessary, adjust safety chain length [Figure 155].
W-2667-0907
IMPORTANT
Use only approved safety chains when towing
equipment.
See your implement or attachment dealer for
safety chains for your equipment.
Replace safety chains that are broken, stretched
or damaged.
I-2235-0907

113 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) When operating on a public road or highway, always
follow local regulation. For example: Slow Moving Vehicle
Operating The Three-Point Hitch Implement (SMV) Sign or directional signals and hazard / flasher
lights may be required.
The three-point hitch the CT450 is classified as a
Category 1 Three-Point Hitch. Always warm up the engine and hydrostatic system
Always inspect the compact tractor and the implement
WARNING before use. Inspect for damaged or loose parts, damaged

or missing PTO shields and guards.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH New operators must operate the compact tractor in an
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt. open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until
Install the correct front ballast. the compact tractor can be handled at a efficient and safe
Never modify equipment or use unapproved speed for all conditions of the work area.
implements.
Operate the compact tractor from the operators Check for safe operating speed, safe stopping distances
seat only. and braking characteristics that may be different with
Keep bystanders away. Never carry riders. each type of implement. Know that when implements are
W-2667-0907 installed, the compact tractor braking distance may
increase.
Maintenance Manual and the compact tractor Operation

unsafe conditions.
& Maintenance Manual prior to installing or using any
implement.
Install the correct front ballast. (See Ballast (Front) on
Page 242.) marked.

WARNING See the implement Operation & Maintenance Manual

for the correct operating procedure for your
implement.
when braking.
W-2558-0908

114 of 260
Operating The Three-Point Hitch Implement (Contd)
Install the three-point hitch implement on the compact

tractor. (See Installing And Removing Three-Point Hitch
Mounted Implements on Page 91.)
Figure 156
RAISE
LOWER
P-84910

Figure 157
RAISE
LOWER P-86962
Move the three-point hitch position lever (Item 1)

[Figure 156] forward to lower the three-point hitch lower
links (Item 1) [Figure 157].
Move the three-point hitch position lever (Item 1)

[Figure 156] back to raise the three-point hitch lower
links (Item 1) [Figure 157].

115 of 260
Safety Rules For PTO Operation

WARNING
WARNING Warnings and instructions in this manual and on the
machine are for your protection.
Do NOT exceed the rated implement PTO speed. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions can
Stay clear of rotating driveline. cause serious injury or death.
W-2621-1104
Keep hands, feet, clothing and long hair away.
Keep PTO shields and all guards in place. Keep all shields in place. Replace damaged or
Disengage PTO (rear and mid), engage the missing shields before operating
rotating components are stopped before exiting Follow warnings and instructions on machine signs
compact tractor. (decals). Replace damaged or missing decals.
If using the compact tractor rear-PTO in a Do not wear loose or bulky clothing around the PTO
stationary application; install blocks in front of or other moving parts.
PTO driveline when in use. Walk around the Keep bystanders away from PTO driven equipment,
and never allow children near machines.

under a rotating driveline. Read and understand the manuals for the PTO driven
Do NOT service the compact tractor or implement equipment and be aware of safe operating
with the PTO (rear or mid) engaged. procedures and hazards that may not be readily
Do NOT service the implement in a raised apparent.
position unless properly blocked and with all Always walk around equipment to avoid coming near
rotating components stopped. a turning PTO driveline. Stepping over, leaning
Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel. across or crawling under a turning PTO driveline can
W-2579-0907 lead to entanglement.
Do not install an adapter between the machine PTO
shaft and the implement PTO driveline.
Never overspeed the PTO. See implement Operation
WARNING
& Maintenance Manual for correct PTO speed.
Position the machine and implement hitch correctly to
prevent driveline stress and separation.
Before you leave the operators seat: Use caution when turning. Turning too sharp can
cause driveline damage.
equipped).
WARNING
parking brake.
Place F-N-R lever in neutral (SST models only). DRIVELINE ENTANGLEMENT OR OVERSPEEDING
Place all controls in neutral. PTO CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Stop the engine, unfasten the seat belt and DO NOT install an adapter between the machine
remove the key. PTO shaft and implement PTO driveline.
W-2569-0909 An adapter can extend the driveline universal
joint and connecting yoke beyond the PTO
shields.
An adapter can overspeed the implement PTO
causing driveline or implement damage.
W-2799-0609

116 of 260
Operating The Rear-PTO

WARNING
The rear-PTO has a 540 rpm PTO shaft. Do NOT exceed the rated implement PTO speed.
Maintenance Manual and the compact tractor Operation Keep bystanders away.
& Maintenance Manual prior to installing or using any Keep hands, feet, clothing and long hair away.
implement. Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
rotating components are stopped before exiting
WARNING compact tractor.
If using the compact tractor rear-PTO in a
stationary application; install blocks in front of
PTO driveline when in use. Walk around the
under a rotating driveline.
with the PTO (rear or mid) engaged.
Do NOT service the implement in a raised

position unless properly blocked and with all
rotating components stopped.
when braking.
W-2579-0907
W-2558-0908
When operating on a public road or highway, always

follow local regulation. For example: Slow Moving Vehicle
(SMV) emblem or directional signals and hazard / flasher
lights may be required.
WARNING
Always inspect the compact tractor and the implement AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
before use. Inspect for damaged or loose parts, damaged When operating the machine:
or missing PTO shields and guards. Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
New operators must operate the compact tractor in an Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down.
the compact tractor can be handled at a efficient and safe
W-2660-0907
speed for all conditions of the work area.

installed, the compact tractor braking distance increases.
Always lock the brake pedals together before operating

compact tractor.

unsafe conditions.

marked.


117 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Increase the engine speed to the desired rpm specified
for your implement.
Operating The Rear-PTO (Contd)
See the implement Operation & Maintenance Manual for

the correct operating procedure for your implement.
NOTE: Some implements require minimum engine

IMPORTANT
power for proper operation. See the
implement Operation & Maintenance Manual To avoid start-up overload on PTO driveline,
specifications section for power reduce engine speed to low idle when engaging
requirements. the PTO. After PTO driveline is rotating, increase
engine speed.
Install the implement on the compact tractor. (See I-2275-0608
IMPLEMENT on Page 86.) and (See POWER TAKE-OFF
(PTO) on Page 98.)
Engaging PTO
WARNING
Perform the pre-starting procedure. (See PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 71.) AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Move the engine speed control lever to low engine speed. Keep away from moving parts.
Figure 158 Keep bystanders away.

PTO RPM.
W-2659-0907
2
P-84893B
IMPORTANT
Turning too tight when operating PTO driven
equipment can cause damage to the PTO driveline.
Make gradual turns.
In some applications, it may be necessary to
disengage the PTO before making the turn.
I-2259-0707
Move the mid-PTO lever down to the disengaged (OFF)

position (if equipped).
Press the center black button (Item 1) and then pull up on

the yellow PTO switch (Item 2) to engage the PTO. The
light (Item 3) [Figure 158] in the dash will illuminate and
the rear-PTO shaft will start rotating.

118 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Engaging The PTO For Stationary Applications
Operating The Rear-PTO (Contd) The rear-PTO can be operated without an operator
seated at the operator's seat for stationary applications.
Figure 159
1. Install blocks in front of and behind the rear compact
tractor tires
1
2. Lock brake pedals together and engage the parking
brake.
3. Place all controls in neutral.
4. Start the engine.
5. Engage the rear-PTO and set the correct PTO speed

for your application.
6. Unfasten the seat belt and exit the compact tractor.
P-84904A Disengaging PTO
Figure 161
Move the engine speed control lever (Item 1)

[Figure 159] to increase engine speed to the correct rpm
as indicated on the tachometer. This will cause the rear-
PTO shaft to rotate at 540 rpm. 1
Figure 160
1 2
P-84893B

[Figure 159] to the low idle position.
B-26808B

The tachometer (Item 1), located in the dash panel, has disengaged (OFF) position. The light (Item 2)
an indicator arrow (Item 2) [Figure 160] that shows the [Figure 161] in the dash will turn OFF and the rear-PTO
correct engine rpm to set the rear-PTO shaft speed at shaft will stop rotating.
540 rpm.
NOTE: The maximum PTO speed for various

implements may vary. See the implement
Operation & Maintenance Manual for the
maximum speed recommended for your
implement.

119 of 260
Operating The Mid-PTO

WARNING
The mid-PTO has a 2000 rpm PTO shaft. Do NOT exceed the rated implement PTO speed.
Read and understand the implement Operation & Stay clear of rotating driveline.
Maintenance Manual and the compact tractor Operation Keep bystanders away.
& Maintenance Manual prior to installing or using any Keep hands, feet, clothing and long hair away.
implement. Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
WARNING rotating components are stopped before exiting

compact tractor.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH with the PTO (rear or mid) engaged.
Steering and braking can be affected by the Do NOT service the implement in a raised
loader attachment, implements, front wheel position unless properly blocked and with all
assist and the rear differential lock. Always rotating components stopped.
install the correct ballast. Do not exceed the Disengage PTO (rear and mid) for road travel.
W-2697-1007

when braking. WARNING
W-2558-0908

When operating on a public road or highway, always When operating the machine:
follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
Vehicle (SMV) Sign or directional signals and hazard / Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
flasher lights may be required. Do not wear seat belt if ROPS is down.
Always inspect the compact tractor and the implement W-2660-0907
before use. Inspect for damaged or loose parts, damaged
or missing PTO shields and guards.
New operators must operate the compact tractor in an

the compact tractor can be handled at a efficient and safe
speed for all conditions of the work area.

installed, the compact tractor braking distance increases.
Always lock the brake pedals together before operating

compact tractor.
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area.

marked.


120 of 260
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONTD) Reduce the engine speed to low idle.
Operating The Mid-PTO (Contd) Move the mid-PTO lever (Item 1) [Figure 162] up to the
engaged position.
Engaging PTO
Then press the center black button (Item 1) and then pull
NOTE: When mid-PTO is engaged, the rear-PTO is up on the yellow PTO switch (Item 2) to engage the PTO.
also engaged. Have rear-PTO shield, guards The light (Item 3) [Figure 163] in the dash will illuminate
and cover installed before engaging the mid- and both the mid-PTO and the rear-PTO shaft will start
PTO. rotating.
Figure 162 Increase the engine speed to the desired rpm specified
for your implement.
ENGAGED IMPORTANT
To avoid start-up overload on PTO driveline,
reduce engine speed to low idle when engaging
the PTO. After PTO driveline is rotating, increase
engine speed.
I-2275-0608

1
DISENGAGED
P-92926
Figure 163 WARNING

2 Keep PTO shields and all guards in place.
PTO RPM.
1 W-2659-0907
P-84893B

121 of 260
Operating The Mid-PTO (Contd)
Engaging PTO (Contd)

IMPORTANT
Operating the engine above 2650 RPM can cause a
Figure 164 serious overspeed condition and damage the
implement or attachment.
I-2251-0807
1
Disengaging PTO
Figure 166
P-84904A
2

[Figure 164] to increase engine speed to the correct rpm
P-84893B
as indicated on the tachometer. This will cause the mid-
PTO shaft to rotate at 2000 rpm.
Figure 167
Figure 165
1 2
ENGAGED
1
B-26808B
DISENGAGED
P-92926
The tachometer (Item 1), located in the dash panel, has
an indicator arrow (Item 2) [Figure 165] that shows the
correct engine rpm to set the rear-PTO shaft speed at Reduce the engine speed to low idle and press the brake
540 rpm. The same indicator arrow (Item 2) [Figure 165] pedals fully.
is also used for setting the mid-PTO shaft speed to 2000
rpm. Push down on the yellow PTO switch (Item 1)
[Figure 166] to the disengaged (OFF) position. Move the
NOTE: The maximum PTO speed for various mid-PTO lever (Item 1) [Figure 167] down to the
implements may vary. See the implement disengaged (OFF) position. The light (Item 2)
Operation & Maintenance Manual for the [Figure 166] in the dash will turn OFF and the mid-PTO
maximum speed recommended for your shaft and the rear-PTO shaft will stop rotating.
implement.

122 of 260
TOWING THE COMPACT TRACTOR Towing Compact Tractor With Loader Installed;
Procedure If possible, slightly raise the attachment off of the ground.

The compact tractor will need to be towed backwards (if
possible) to avoid the bucket (or attachment) from digging
into the ground while towing.
IMPORTANT
Use the towing procedure described but install the tow
Never tow the compact tractor faster than 16 km/h chain to the rear of the compact tractor and tow
(10 mph). Always have someone seated to steer and backwards.
brake the towed compact tractor.
Towing Compact Tractor With Implement Installed;
Tow the compact tractor for short distances only.
I-2263-0910 If the engine can be started, slightly raise the implement
off of the ground. The type of implement will determine
which direction to tow the compact tractor.
NOTE: When the engine is not running, turning the
steering wheel will require more effort. Power
Implements that dig into the ground will be difficult to tow
steering assist is not available when the
and may require the implement to be disconnected from
engine is OFF.
the compact tractor before towing. (Example; plow or
cultivator.) If the implement must be removed before
Install a tow chain (or cable) to the front (for towing in the
towing, use the procedure described previously and tow
forward direction) or to the drawbar (for towing in the
forward to get the compact tractor away from the
rearward direction).
implement.

The tow chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the
weight of the compact tractor and implement / NOTE: Do not connect the tow chain (or cable) to the
attachment. (See Performance on Page 246.) loader, attachment or the implement, connect
to the compact tractor only. The rated
Enter the compact tractor and fasten the seat belt. Move strength of the tow chain or cable must be
the PTO switch and mid-PTO lever to the disengaged rated at 1.5 times the weight of the entire
(OFF) position. towed load (compact tractor plus the
attachment or implement installed). Add the
Disengage the front wheel assist. weight of the compact tractor, the loader, the
attachment and / or the implement together
Move the speed range lever to neutral. for the total machine weight to calculate the
strength of the tow chain or cable needed.
For SST Model Only: Move the F-N-R lever to neutral
(N) and the gear shift lever to neutral.
Disengage the parking brake (but leave the brake pedals

locked together for slowing or stopping the compact
tractor).
Always have an operator seated in the operator's seat to

operate the steering and brakes while towing the
compact tractor. Use ROPS and fasten seat belt. Engage
the parking brake and stop the engine before leaving the
machine.
If the compact tractor is equipped with a loader or has an

implement attached and the engine cannot be started,
tow the compact tractor using one of the following
procedures:

123 of 260
TRANSPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON A Figure 168
TRAILER
LOADER & BALLAST BOX
Loading And Unloading
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury.
W-2058-0807 1
P-97205A
Figure 169
COMPACT TRACTOR WITH OR

IMPORTANT WITHOUT AN IMPLEMENT
Remove sunshade before transporting compact

tractor at highway speeds. Sunshade damage may
occur if left installed.
I-2258-0607
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of

adequate size and capacity (See Performance on Page
246.), for weight of machine.
1
P-84876B
A compact tractor with a loader, attachment and rear

ballast must be loaded backward onto the trailer
[Figure 168].
A compact tractor with or without an implement must be

loaded backward [Figure 169].
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item

1) [Figure 168] and [Figure 169] when loading or
unloading to prevent the front end of the trailer from
raising up.

124 of 260
TRANSPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON A Fasten at the front of the compact tractor using the front
TRAILER (CONTD) chain loops (Item 1) [Figure 170] and to the transport
Fastening vehicle (both sides).
WARNING WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operators seat: The parking brake must be engaged before leaving
Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment the operators seat. Rollaway can occur because the
flat on the ground (if equipped). transmission may not prevent machine movement.
Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if Lock the brake pedals together before activating the
equipped). parking brake.
W-2656-0807
parking brake.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909

Use the following procedure to fasten the compact tractor
to the transport vehicle to prevent it from moving during
turns, sudden stops or when going up and down slopes.
Fully lower the loader arms and put the attachment flat
on the tow vehicle.
Fully lower the mid-mount implement (if equipped). Figure 171
Fully lower the three-point hitch implement (if equipped).

Fully lower the front quick hitch mounted implement (if
equipped).
Lock brake pedals together and engage the parking
brake.
Place all controls in neutral. 1
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor.(See
Figure 170
P-80920A
1
Fasten the rear of compact tractor using the drawbar

mounting frame (Item 1) [Figure 171] and to the
transport vehicle (both sides).
1 When using chains, use chain binders to tighten the

chains and then secure the chain binder levers to prevent
loosening.
P-97206A

125 of 260

126 of 260
LOADER SYSTEM
LOADER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Installing Loader Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Installing The Loader To The Compact Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Removing The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

127 of 260

128 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION Installing Loader Mounting Brackets
Description Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See
This section includes instructions for installing the
mounting brackets, mounting frame and hydraulic Install blocks in front of and behind the rear tires on the
couplers to the compact tractor. For mounting the loader compact tractor.
to the compact tractor (See LOADER INSTALLATION
AND REMOVAL on Page 135.). NOTE: Do not tighten mounting hardware until all
components of the mounting kit are installed.
If the compact tractor has front ballast installed, remove This will make for easier mount alignment.
the ballast before installing the loader. After all right side (or left side) components
are installed, then tighten all hardware to the
Install tires with the correct load rating. (See Tires on specified torque.
Page 250.)
If all loader parts are still on the pallet, remove the
Install the grille guard option on the front of the compact brackets and the parts boxes only at this time.
tractor.
Do Not remove the loader from the shipping pallet at this
Figure 172 time.

1
P-84912
The compact tractor must be equipped with the joystick

control lever (Item 1) [Figure 172] for operating the
loader.
Some machines are factory equipped with the loader

mounts (Item 1) [Figure 177]. Inspect machine to make
sure the compact tractor is properly equipped. See your
Bobcat dealer for joystick control lever, control valve,
grille guard and mounting kits.

129 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION (CONTD) Figure 174
Installing Loader Mounting Brackets (Contd)

1
NOTE: Paint must be removed from the compact
tractor and the loader mounts to maintain
proper torque of the mounting bolts. Do not
use a grinding wheel, this will cause a rough 2
surface. Use a sanding pad (example: Scotch-
Brite disc) or a wire wheel.
WARNING 1
P-86937
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
Pressurized fluids and springs or other stored Remove the three hole plugs (Item 1) [Figure 174] from
energy components. the rear axle housing (both sides) and discard.
Flying debris or loose material is present.
Engine is running. Remove paint from the rear axle housing (Item 2) [Figure
Tools are being used. 174] where the rear loader stabilizer bars mounts to the
W-2505-0604 axle housing, both sides (right side shown).
Figure 173

2
4
3
1
1 1
P-86978A
Remove the nine hole plugs from the loader mounting

holes (Item 1) [Figure 173] (if equipped) both sides.
Remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 173] for the paint

removal and then reinstall (right side only).
Reposition hoses so they do not get damaged during the

paint removal.
Remove paint from the compact tractor loader mounting

surface (Item 3 and 4) [Figure 173], both left and right
side of compact tractor (right side shown).

130 of 260
Figure 175
1 1
P-97166
Install a hoist to the top hole (Item 1) [Figure 177] for

1 lifting and positioning the right hand bracket on the frame.
1
NA5042
WARNING

NOTE: Some surfaces may be pre-masked during the
painting process at the factory. Remove all AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
masking and / or paint from the areas marked Before you leave the operators seat:
in [Figure 175] and [Figure 176] prior to
installation. Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment
Remove paint from the right and left loader mounts at the Fully lower the implement(s) to the ground (if
locations marked with (Item 1) [Figure 175].
equipped).
NOTE: Do not use a grinding wheel, this will cause a Lock brake pedals together and engage the
rough surface. parking brake.
Figure 176
remove the key.
W-2569-0909
1
1
NA5041
Remove paint from the right and left stabilizers and the
center brace at the locations marked with (Item 1)
[Figure 176].

131 of 260
Raise the right side mount with the hoist and position it to
the right side of the compact tractor frame.
Make sure the hoses and harness do not get pinched

between the loader mount and the compact tractor frame. 2
2
Figure 178
EARLY MODEL
1
P-97169
1 Position the loader mount (Item 1) [Figure 180] to the

1 compact tractor frame and align the rear mounting holes.
Install the five washers (15 mm id x 28 mm od x 6,3 mm

thick) and bolts (40 mm long) (Item 2) [Figure 180].
Tighten the five rear bolts first, then tighten the four front

bolts per the torque listed below.
P-84875B
Tighten the five bolts (Item 2) [Figure 180] to 160 - 180

Nm (118 - 133 ft-lb) torque.
Early Models: Install four washers (15 mm id x 28 mm
od x 6,3 mm thick) and bolts (45 mm long) (Item 1) Tighten the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 178] or the four
[Figure 178] to the front of the right side bracket. bolts (Item 2) [Figure 179] bolts to 160 - 180 Nm (118 -
133 ft-lb) torque.
Do not tighten the bolts at this time.
After the nine bolts have been tightened, remove the
Figure 179 hoist from the right side bracket.
LATER MODEL
NOTE: Check the loader mounting hardware torque
1 after the first 30 minutes of operation and
2 every eight hours for the first 24 hours of
loader use.
2 1
1 2 P-97167
Later Models: Install the four spacers (Item 1) between

the loader mount and the compact tractor frame. Install
four washers (15 mm id x 38 mm od x 6,3 mm thick) and
bolts (90 mm long) (Item 2) [Figure 179] to the front of
the right side bracket.

132 of 260
Raise the left side mount with the hoist and position it to
the left side of the compact tractor frame.
Figure 181
2
EARLY MODEL
1
1
P-97170
Position the loader mount (Item 1) [Figure 183] to the

compact tractor frame and align the rear mounting holes.
Install the five washers (15 mm id x 28 mm od x 6,3 mm

1 thick) and bolts (40 mm long) (Item 2) [Figure 183].
P-84875C
Tighten the five rear bolts first, then tighten the four front

bolts per the torque listed below.
Install four washers (15 mm id x 28 mm od x 6,3 mm
thick) and bolts (45 mm long) (Item 1) [Figure 181] to the Tighten the five bolts (Item 2) [Figure 183] to 160 - 180
front of the left side bracket. Nm (118 - 133 ft-lb) torque.
Do not tighten the bolts at this time. Tighten the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 181] or the four
bolts (Item 2) [Figure 182] bolts to 160 - 180 Nm (118 -
Figure 182 133 ft-lb) torque.
LATER MODEL After the nine bolts have been tightened, remove the
1
hoist from the left side bracket.
2
NOTE: Check the loader mounting hardware torque
2 after the first 30 minutes of operation and
every eight hours for the first 24 hours of
loader use.
2
2 1 P-97168
Install the four spacers (Item 1) between the loader

mount and the compact tractor frame. Install four
washers (15 mm id x 38 mm od x 6,3 mm thick) and bolts
(90 mm long) (Item 2) [Figure 182] to the front of the left
side bracket.

133 of 260
Figure 184
3 1
2
2 3
P-97173
1
P-88040
Install the center brace (Item 1) between the left and right
stabilizer bars (Item 2) [Figure 186] (right side shown).
Figure 185
(Early Models); Install bolts (55 mm long), washers (15
mm id x 28 mm od x 6,3 mm thick) and nuts (Item 3)
[Figure 186]. Do not tighten at this time (repeat for the
3

other side).
2
(Later Models); Install bolts (45 mm long), washers (15
other side).
Tighten all the stabilizer bar and center brace bolts and
nuts to 160 - 180 Nm (118 - 133 ft-lb) torque.
1 NOTE: After installing the loader mount kit, apply

touch up paint to any exposed bare metal
P-97171 surfaces caused by excess paint removal.
Position the stabilizer bar (Item 1) [Figure 184] and NOTE: Check the loader mounting hardware torque
[Figure 185] to the rear axle mount (Item 2) [Figure 184] after the first 30 minutes of operation and
and to the loader mount (Item 2) [Figure 185] (both every eight hours for the first 24 hours of
sides). loader use.
NOTE: There is a left and right stabilizer bar. Test fit

stabilizer bars before installing.
Install the washers (15 mm id x 38 mm od x 6,3 mm thick)

and bolts (45 mm long) (Item 3) [Figure 184].
(Early Models); Install bolts (55 mm long), washers (15

other side).
(Later Models); Install bolts (45 mm long), washers (15

other side).

134 of 260
Figure 187
2 1
P-96536
1
Install the hydraulic connector fitting (Item 1) onto the
P-86977
female coupler (Item 2) [Figure 189] and tighten to 54
Nm (40 ft-lb) torque.
The hydraulic couplers will install into the control valve NOTE: Do this step for all four female couplers.
(Item 1) [Figure 187]. (Some compact tractors may be
Figure 190

factory equipped with the couplers).
Figure 188 3 1
2
4
P-96537
P-77970
Install the dust plug (Item 1) and tie strap (Item 2) onto
the female coupler (Item 3) [Figure 190].
Install a drain pan under the valve and remove the plug
(Item 1) [Figure 188] that is the closest to the frame. Back off the nut (Item 4) [Figure 190] on the connector
fitting prior to installing on the control valve to prevent the
O-ring from being damaged.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Do this step for all four female couplers.
Contain and dispose of any oil leakage in an

environmentally safe manner.
I-2066-0395

135 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION (CONTD) Remove the bolts and mounting straps (both sides) that
Installing Loader Mounting Brackets (Contd) attach the loader arms to the pallet. Discard these parts.
Figure 191 Figure 193
P-96539 2
P-97560
NOTE: The fittings and the couplers need to be

installed from the inner most coupler (closest Remove the loader from the pallet.
to the frame) [Figure 191] to the outer coupler Position the loader arms (Item 1) on level ground and
so there is easier access for a wrench to lower the support stands (Item 2) [Figure 193]. To lower
tighten the components. the stands, (See LOADER INSTALLATION AND

Figure 192 REMOVAL on Page 135.) for the correct procedure.
Install a bucket (Item 3) [Figure 193] onto the loader
arms. (See Installing And Removing The Attachment
4 3 1 (Pin-On) on Page 79.) or (See Installing And Removing
2 The Attachment (Bob-Tach) on Page 82.)
NOTE: DO NOT remove the hoist until a bucket has
been installed onto the loader arms. Without a
bucket on the loader arms, the loader is
unstable and may tip.
P-96540
WARNING
Install coupler (Item 1) [Figure 192] with a BLUE tie strap AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
and tighten to 54 Nm (40 ft-lb) torque. The loader must be stored with the support stands
down and a bucket or attachment installed.
Install coupler (Item 2) [Figure 192] with a RED tie strap
and tighten to 54 Nm (40 ft-lb) torque. Secure the attachment to the loader and install all
pins and hardware.
Install coupler (Item 3) [Figure 192] with a GREEN tie W-2648-0907
strap and tighten to 54 Nm (40 ft-lb) torque.
Install coupler (Item 4) [Figure 192] with a YELLOW tie

strap and tighten to 54 Nm (40 ft-lb) torque.
NOTE: The colored tie straps are used to identify

WARNING
matching attachment / implement hose
couplers to the control valve couplers [Figure AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
192]. The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
Connect a hoist to the loader arms. Raise the hoist until fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
the loader arms are supported and can be removed from allow attachment to come off.
the pallet. W-2715-0208

136 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL Figure 195
EARLY MODEL
Installing The Loader To The Compact Tractor
WARNING 2

A bucket or attachment must be installed on the
loader before installing the loader on a compact 1
tractor.
Keep fingers and hands away from pinch points
when installing and removing the loader arms. P-84866
Secure loader to compact tractor and install all pins

and hardware. Early Models: Route the hydraulic hoses (Item 1)
W-2649-0907 through the hose bracket (Item 2) [Figure 195].
Figure 196
Figure 194
LATER MODEL

2
1
P-97164
2
Later Models: The hydraulic hoses (Item 1) are secured

to the upright with a clamp (Item 2) [Figure 196].
Figure 197
P-97174
Enter the compact tractor. (See PRE-STARTING

Drive the compact tractor to the loader and center the
tractor wheels between the loader arms.
Drive the compact tractor forward until the loader arms
(Item 1) are about 50 mm (2.0 in) from the loader
mounting brackets (Item 2) [Figure 194] (both sides).
Stop the engine. 1

Relieve hydraulic pressure by moving the joystick control 2
lever forward / back and side to side several times. (See
Relieve Hydraulic Oil Pressure (Joystick Control Lever) P-84865
on Page 59.)
Exit the compact tractor. (See STOPPING THE Continue to route the hydraulic hoses (Item 1) down
COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) along the loader mount (Item 2) [Figure 197] and to the
control valve.

137 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONTD) Figure 200
(Contd)
1
Figure 198
1
1
2 3 4 2
3
3
2
4 4
P-97175
P-84897F
Clean all the male and female couplers.
Install the coupler (Item 1) [Figure 198] with the BLUE
Check the loader functions using the joystick control
spiral band.
lever.
Install the coupler (Item 2) [Figure 198] with the RED

The loader functions are shown in [Figure 200]. If the
spiral band.
loader does not function correctly, the hose couplers on
the valve may need to be switched.
Install the coupler (Item 3) [Figure 198] with the GREEN
spiral band.
Figure 201
Install the coupler (Item 4) [Figure 198] with the
YELLOW spiral band.
Figure 199
1 2
P-97243
P-88331
Using the joystick control lever, tilt the bucket forward or

NOTE: If equipped with front auxiliary hydraulics,
connect the wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure back (Item 3 or 4) [Figure 200] slowly until the loader
199]. arm pins (Item 1) [Figure 201] are slightly higher than
the mounting bracket (Item 2) [Figure 201] as shown.
The compact tractor hydraulics will now be used to
position the height of the loader arms to the bracket
mounting hook.
Move the speed range lever to low (L) speed travel.

138 of 260

(Contd) 1
1
Figure 202
3 4 2
P-84897F
Figure 205
2 1
P-97176

1
Slowly drive the compact tractor forward until the loader
arm pins (Item 1) contacts the mounting brackets (Item 2)
[Figure 202]. Stop compact tractor and engage the
parking brake.
Figure 203
1
P-97199A
Using the joystick control lever, slowly lower the loader

2 arms [retract the loader arm cylinders] (Item 1) [Figure
204] until the loader arm uprights rotate back and the
bushing (Item 1) [Figure 205] contacts the upper retainer
(Item 2) [Figure 205] of the mounting brackets (both
sides).
P-84863
Using the joystick control lever, slowly tilt the bucket
forward (Item 4) [Figure 200] to lower the loader arm
pins (Item 1) [Figure 203] into the mounting brackets

139 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONTD)

(Contd) WARNING
Figure 206
Always have the bucket cutting edge on the ground
before raising or lowering the loader support stands.
W-2585-0707
1
Figure 208
2
LATER MODELS
1
P-97177A EARLY MODELS
Install the retaining pin (Item 1) and the retainer pin (Item 1
2) [Figure 206] (both sides) to secure the loader arms to

the mounting brackets (both sides).
2
P-97562A
the parking brake. Early Models; Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) and
retaining pin (Item 2) [Figure 208] (both sides).
Figure 207 Later Models; Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) [Figure
208] (both sides).
1 WARNING
3 Secure the attachment to the loader and install all
the pins and hardware.
Secure the loader to the compact tractor and
install all the pins and hardware.
tractor, keep the attachment secured to the
loader.
2 W-2663-0707
P-97561
Using the joystick control lever, raise the loader arms

(Item 1) and tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) so the loader
support stands (Item 3) [Figure 207] are off the ground. WARNING
Lower the loader arms until the bucket cutting edge is on
the ground. (The loader support stands need to be off the
ground for repositioning the stands to the storage
position.)
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.) W-2715-0208

140 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONTD) Enter the compact tractor. (See PRE-STARTING
(Contd) Start the engine and release the parking brake.
Figure 209 Raise and lower the loader arms and tilt the bucket
forward and back several times to remove any air from
EARLY MODELS the loader hydraulic system before using the loader.
The loader is now ready to use.
3
1
WARNING
2 Do Not work or stand under raised loader arms or
attachment.
W-2586-0907
P-97180
NOTE: Grease to all loader grease fittings prior to

Early Models using the loader. Make sure all mounting

hardware is properly torqued. Recheck
Raise the support stand (Item 1) and reinstall the mounting hardware torque after the first 30
retaining pin (Item 2) and retainer pin (Item 3) [Figure minutes of loader use and every eight hours
209] (both sides). for the first 24 hours of loader use.
Figure 210 Ballast
LATER MODELS Ballast may need to be added to the rear of the compact
tractor for proper loader operation. (See BALLAST
(OPTIONAL) on Page 103.) and (See Ballast (Rear) on
Page 241.)
1
WARNING
Use ROPS and fasten the seat belt.
Install the correct rear ballast.
Do NOT exceed the Loader lift capacity.
P-97563
Adjust rear wheels to the widest setting.
Check tire condition and proper air pressure.
Later Models Use tires with the correct load rating.
Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to
Move the stand outwards and raise the stand fully. roll over.
Reinstall the retaining pin (Item 1) [Figure 209] (both W-2665-0907
sides).
All Models
Grease all loader grease fittings before using the loader.

(See Lubrication Locations on Page 204.)

141 of 260
Removing The Loader
WARNING
Always have a bucket or attachment installed on
the loader before removing the loader from the
compact tractor.
Always lower the loader support stands before
removing the loader from the compact tractor.
Do not allow children to play on or around the
P-97207
loader.
Do not work on a loader when it has been
removed from the compact tractor unless it is Park the compact tractor and loader on a flat, firm and
supported by a hoist or lifting device. level surface [Figure 211].
W-2584-0907
Figure 212
NOTE: Always have a bucket or attachment installed
on the loader before removing the loader from

the compact tractor. Always lower the loader 1
support stands before removing the loader 1
from the compact tractor.
3 4 2
WARNING
3
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 2
Fully lower the loader arms, put the attachment 4
equipped). P-84897F
parking brake.
Tilt the bucket forward (4) [Figure 212] and lower the
bucket (1) [Figure 212] until the cutting edge (Item 1)
[Figure 211] is on the ground.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909 STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)
Remove the rear ballast from the compact tractor. (See

Implements on Page 91.)

142 of 260
Removing The Loader (Contd)
Figure 213 1
LATER MODELS 1
1 3 4 2
3
1 3
EARLY MODELS 2
4
3 3
2
1 P-97563A
P-84897F
Early Models; Remove the retaining pin (Item 1) and the

retainer pin (Item 2) (both sides) for the support stands. Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE-
Lower the support stands (Item 3) [Figure 213] fully STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
(both sides). PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine.

Later Models; Remove the retaining pin (Item 1) and Using the joystick control lever, tilt the bucket back (3)
lower the support stands (Item 3) [Figure 213] fully (both [Figure 215] until the support stands are on the ground.
sides). Do not put excessive weight on the support stands (Item
Figure 214 1) [Figure 214]. The stands should be firmly on the
ground.
LATER MODELS
Figure 216
2
1
EARLY MODEL
3
2 2
P-97562A 1
Early Models; With the two support stands fully lowered,

install the retaining pin (Item 1) and retainer pin (Item 2) P-97177B
Later Models; With the two support stands fully lowered, Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See
move the stand inward and install the retaining pin (Item STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)
2) [Figure 214] (both sides).
Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) and the retaining pin
All Models (Item 2) (early models) or (Item 3) [Figure 216] (later
NOTE: Make sure the loader is on a firm surface so models) (both sides).
that the support stands do not sink into the
ground. Install boards or planks under the
loader stands, if needed, to prevent freezing
to the ground or to keep the stands from
sinking into the ground.

143 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONTD)
Removing The Loader (Contd)
WARNING
Figure 217
1
equipped).
parking brake.
2 Place all controls in neutral.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909
P-97199A
Figure 219
PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine.

Using the joystick control lever, extend the loader arms
cylinders (2) [Figure 215] until the top of the loader
upright (Item 1) [Figure 217] rotates away from the
mounting frame (Item 2) [Figure 217] (both sides).
Figure 218
P-88331
NOTE: IF equipped with front auxiliary hydraulics,

disconnect the wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure
219].
2 1
P-97176
Using the joystick control lever, tilt the bucket backward

(3) [Figure 215] until the bottom of the upright (Item 1)
[Figure 218] rotates out of the mounting frame (Item 2)
Stop the engine.
Relieve hydraulic pressure in the loader hydraulics by

moving the joystick control lever forward, back and side to
side. (See Relieve Hydraulic Oil Pressure (Joystick
Control Lever) on Page 59.)
Exit the compact tractor. (See STOPPING THE

COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)

144 of 260
LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONTD) NOTE: When storing the loader, grease all fittings
and apply a light coat of grease to any
Removing The Loader (Contd) exposed cylinder rods. (See Lubrication
Figure 220 Locations on Page 204.)
1
WARNING
1
1
Always have a bucket or attachment installed on
the loader before removing the loader from the
compact tractor.
Always lower the loader support stands before
1 removing the loader from the compact tractor.
Do not allow children to play on or around the
loader.
Do not work on a loader when it has been
P-97175
removed from the compact tractor unless it is
supported by a hoist or lifting device.
Disconnect the four couplers (Item 1) [Figure 220].
W-2584-0907
Clean any dirt or debris from the couplers.

Install the caps on all the hydraulic couplers to keep dirt
off the couplers.
Position the hoses so that they lay over the loader arms
WARNING
and do not lay on the ground.
Figure 221 Before you leave the operators seat:
1 equipped).
parking brake.
remove the key.
W-2569-0909
P-97174A

PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine.
Look in all directions for bystanders and then slowly back
the compact tractor away from the loader [Figure 221].
Make sure the hydraulic hoses do not get caught on the
compact tractor as it is backing away from the loader.
After the loader has been removed, install the retainer pin
and the retaining pin (Item 1) [Figure 221] (both sides)
into the loader arm uprights for storage.

145 of 260

146 of 260
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Inspection And Maintenance (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Inspection And Maintenance (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Inspection And Maintenance (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Inspection And Maintenance (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDAL (HST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

F-N-R LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

CLUTCH PEDAL (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

CRUISE CONTROL (HST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

PTO SWITCH (REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166


147 of 260
PTO LEVER (MID) (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
THREE-POINT HITCH POSITION LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

REAR (REMOTE) AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC LEVER (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

Foldable ROPS (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Cab Enclosure ROPS (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
ENGINE SIDE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Replacing Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Filling A Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Hoses And Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

148 of 260
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Fuse And Relay Location (Engine Compartment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Fuse And Relay Location (Cab) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Fuse And Relay Location (Instrument Panel) (HST Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Fuse And Relay Location (Instrument Panel) (SST Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Fuse And Relay Location (Cab Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC / TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Transmission / Differential Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission Filters (HST Models Only
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission Filters (SST Models Only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Hoses And Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
SUPPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON JACKSTANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Front Wheel Nuts / Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Rear Wheel Nuts / Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Wheel Spacing (AG And Industrial Tires Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Checking And Adding Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Removing And Replacing Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Axle Pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

149 of 260
AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
LUBRICATING THE COMPACT TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

AXLE TOE IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

Inspection And Maintenance (HST Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Inspection And Maintenance (SST Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
COMPACT TRACTOR STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

SETTING ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
CLUTCH PEDAL AND HOUSING (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

Draining Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Storage Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

150 of 260
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operators Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved! Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT
P-90216 B-23NEW B-23552
Never service the machine Before exiting machine, engage Cleaning and maintenance are
without instructions. parking brake. Chock wheels required daily.
before servicing
WRONG WRONG WRONG

B-23556 B-23525 B-23590
Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never start the machine if not
welding or grinding painted parts. hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, properly seated in the operators
Wear dust mask when grinding component or a part failure can seat.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas cause loader arms to drop. Never work on the machine with
can be produced. Lower loader arms, attachments, loader arms raised.
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which and implements (if equipped) Never modify equipment or add
can kill without warning. Exhaust before servicing. attachments not approved by
system must be tightly sealed. DO NOT service the compact Bobcat Company.
tractor or implement with the
PTO system engaged.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
B-235517 B-23564 B-6589
Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust machine exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact, flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep engine cover and side attention.
running, while smoking or when access panels closed except for
near open flame. service.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/operator
without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be
performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts.
MSW32-0409

151 of 260

152 of 260
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Chart
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat product.
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operators Handbook and signs
(decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when
WARNING making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
SERVICE SCHEDULE HOURS

ITEM SERVICE REQUIRED 8-10 50 100 200 400 800 1000
Engine Oil Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill.
Hydraulic (Trans / Diff) Fluid Check level and add as needed.
Engine Air Filter and Air System Check condition indicator (if equipped). Check for leaks and damaged
components. Do not use compressed air to clean elements.
Engine Cooling System Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator, screen and grilles. Check coolant level
cold, add premixed coolant as needed.
Safety Interlock System (Neutral Check for proper function.
Start and Operating)
Seat Belt Check the condition of seat belt and mounting hardware. Repair or replace as
needed.
Tires Check for wear, damaged tires and ensure for proper sized tires and correct
air pressure.

Parking Brake Check operation and have dealer adjust if required.
Clean Pedals Clean brake pedals, travel control pedals, and footrest area.
General Items Check for loose or broken parts, damaged operator cab, instrument
operation, loose wheel nuts / bolts, oil leaks and damaged or missing signs
(decals). Replace floor mat if damaged or missing.
PTO Inspect the splines. Replaced damaged or missing shields and guards.
Three-Point Linkage Check operation and condition of pins, links and sway bars.
Loader (If Equipped) Check mounting hardware for loose or broken parts.
Wheel Nuts and / or Bolts Check for loose wheel nuts / bolts and tighten to correct torque. See TIRE
MAINTENANCE in this Manual. [1]
Front Differential Check fluid level and add as needed.
Grease Fittings Grease all machinery pivot points with multipurpose lithium based grease.
Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. Use CF / CG4 or better grade oil and Bobcat filter. [2]
Spark Arrester Muffler Empty Spark Chamber (if equipped).
Battery Check for damage, hold downs, cables, connections and electrolyte level.
Add distilled water as needed.
Fan / Alternator Belt Check for damage and correct tension. Adjust or replace as needed. [2]
Engine Air Filter Check primary filter element and clean as needed. Replace every year.
Brakes Check free travel of pedals and adjust as necessary [2]
Clutch (If equipped) Check free travel of pedal and adjust as necessary
Fuel Lines Check hose condition and clamp tension. Replace and adjust as necessary. [2]
Fuel Filter Replace filter element.
Hydraulic Oil Filter Replace the filter element. [2]
Hydrostatic Oil Filter (HST Only) Replace the filter element. [2]
Hydraulic, Hydrostatic and Power Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
Steering Hoses and Tubelines
Radiator Hoses and Clamps Check hose condition and clamp tension. Replace and / or adjust tension as
needed.
Toe In Check front axle toe in. Adjust if necessary.
Hydraulic (Trans / Diff) Fluid Replace the fluid and filter. [2]
Differential Oil - Front Replace the front differential oil. [2]
Clutch Housing (If equipped) Drain water from clutch housing.
Engine Valves Check and adjust
Engine Coolant Flush the cooling system. Replace the coolant. (or every 2 years)
[1] Check every 8 hours for the first 24 hours.

[2] Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled.

153 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) Figure 222
Inspection And Maintenance (HST)
WARNING
1
operator is in the operator's seat, one brake pedal is
depressed, the PTO switch is off, and the speed
range lever is in neutral. Contact your dealer for
service if the Safety Interlock System does not
function properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE SYSTEM.
W-2802-0709 P-78025
The Safety Interlock System - Neutral Start:

The seat switch (Item 1) [Figure 222] is installed in the
The engine will not start unless all the following bottom of the seat. Replace the seat switch and
conditions are present: components if damaged or missing. See your Bobcat
dealer for parts.
1. The operator is seated in the operators seat.
2. One or both brake pedals are depressed.

3. The PTO switch is disengaged (OFF).
4. The speed range lever is in the neutral position. WARNING
If the engine starts without all of the above conditions
present, the compact tractor must be serviced by your AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Bobcat dealer. Check that seat switch is properly installed and
functions correctly.
Inspecting Procedure: Replace switch and components if damaged or
missing.
Perform this procedure on flat level ground and make W-2676-0907
sure the area is clear of bystanders.
a. Sit in the operators seat - Engage the parking brake
- Place all controls in neutral - Raise off of the seat -
Turn the key to start; THE ENGINE MUST NOT
START
b. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
Engage the parking brake - Place all controls in
neutral - Release the Parking Brake - Turn the key to
start; THE ENGINE MUST NOT START
c. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
neutral - Move the PTO switch to the ON position -
START
d. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
neutral - Move the speed range lever to LOW (L)
speed range - Turn the key to start; THE ENGINE
MUST NOT START. Repeat this step for MEDIUM
(M) and HIGH (H) speed ranges.
If the engine starts after performing any of the above
procedures, the compact tractor must be serviced by
your Bobcat dealer.

154 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL START) Figure 223
(CONTD)
Inspection And Maintenance (SST)
WARNING
1
operator is in the operator's seat, the brake pedals
are depressed, the PTO switch is off, and the F-N-R
lever is in neutral. Contact your dealer for service if
the Safety Interlock System does not function P-78025
properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE SYSTEM.
W-2803-0709
The Safety Interlock System - Neutral Start: bottom of the seat. Replace the seat switch and
components if damaged or missing. See your Bobcat
The engine will not start unless all the following dealer for parts.

1. The operator is seated in the operators seat.
2. The right brake pedal is depressed.
3. The PTO switch is disengaged (OFF).
WARNING
4. The F-N-R lever is in the neutral (N) position. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
If the engine starts without all of the above conditions Check that seat switch is properly installed and
present, the compact tractor must be serviced by your functions correctly.
Bobcat dealer. Replace switch and components if damaged or
Inspecting Procedure: missing.
W-2676-0907
Perform this procedure on flat level ground and make
a. Sit in the operators seat - Engage the parking brake
- Place all controls in neutral - Raise off of the seat -
START
neutral - Release the Parking Brake - Turn the key to
start; THE ENGINE MUST NOT START
neutral - Move the PTO switch to the ON position -
START
d. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
neutral - Move the F-N-R lever to Forward (F) - Turn
the key to start; THE ENGINE MUST NOT START.
Repeat this step with the F-N-R lever in Reverse (R).
If the engine starts after performing any of the above
procedures, the compact tractor must be serviced by
your Bobcat dealer.

155 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING) Figure 224
Inspection And Maintenance (HST)
WARNING
The Safety Interlock System must shut off the engine
if the operator leaves the operators seat unless: the 1
disengaged, and the speed range lever is in neutral.
Contact your dealer for service if the Safety Interlock
System does not function properly. DO NOT MODIFY
THE SYSTEM.
P-78025
W-2749-0708
The Safety Interlock System - Operating: The seat switch (Item 1) [Figure 224] is installed in the
The engine must shut off if the operator leaves the bottom of the seat. Replace the seat switch and
operators seat, unless all the following conditions are components if damaged or missing. See your Bobcat
present: dealer for parts.
1. The parking brake is engaged.
2. The mid-PTO lever (if equipped) is in the disengaged

(OFF) position.
3. The speed range lever is in the neutral position. WARNING
the operators seat without all of the above conditions AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Bobcat dealer. Check that seat switch is properly installed and
functions correctly.
Inspecting Procedure: Replace switch and components if damaged or
Perform this procedure on flat level ground and make missing.
sure the area is clear of bystanders. W-2676-0907
a. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
neutral - Move engine speed control lever to low
engine speed - Start the engine - Release the Parking
Brake - Unfasten the seat belt and raise off the
operators seat; THE ENGINE MUST STOP.
engine speed - Start the engine - Move the mid-PTO
lever to the ON position (if equipped) - Move the PTO
switch to the ON position - Unfasten the seat belt and
raise off the operators seat; THE ENGINE MUST
STOP.
engine speed - Start the engine - Move the speed
range lever to LOW (L) speed range - Unfasten the
seat belt and raise off the operators seat; THE
ENGINE MUST STOP. Repeat this step for MEDIUM
(M) and HIGH (H) speed ranges.
If the engine does not shut off after performing any of
the above procedures, the compact tractor must be
serviced by your Bobcat dealer.

156 of 260
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPERATING) Figure 225
(CONTD)
Inspection And Maintenance (SST)
WARNING
The Safety Interlock System must shut off the engine 1
if the operator leaves the operators seat unless: the
disengaged, and the F-N-R lever is in neutral. Contact
your dealer for service if the Safety Interlock System
does not function properly. DO NOT MODIFY THE
P-78025
SYSTEM.
W-2804-0709

The Safety Interlock System - Operating:
bottom of the seat. Replace the seat switch and
The engine must shut off if the operator leaves the components if damaged or missing. See your Bobcat
operators seat, unless all the following conditions are dealer for parts.
present:
1. The parking brake is engaged.

2. The mid-PTO lever (if equipped) is in the disengaged
(OFF) position.
3. The F-N-R lever is in the neutral (N) position.
WARNING
If the engine does not shut off when the operator leaves AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Check that seat switch is properly installed and
Bobcat dealer. functions correctly.
Replace switch and components if damaged or
Inspecting Procedure: missing.
W-2676-0907
a. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the seat belt -
engine speed - Start the engine - Release the Parking
Brake - Unfasten the seat belt and raise off the
operators seat; THE ENGINE MUST STOP.
engine speed - Start the engine - Move the mid-PTO
lever to the ON position (if equipped) - Move the PTO
switch to the ON position - Unfasten the seat belt and
raise off the operators seat; THE ENGINE MUST
STOP.
Engage the parking brake - Place the gear shift lever
and the speed range lever in neutral - Move engine
speed control lever to low engine speed - Start the
engine - Move the F-N-R lever to Forward (F); THE
ENGINE MUST STOP. Repeat this step with the F-N-
R lever in Reverse (R).
If the engine does not shut off after performing any of
the above procedures, the compact tractor must be
serviced by your Bobcat dealer.

157 of 260
SEAT BELT Figure 226
Inspection And Maintenance 1
WARNING 3
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt

can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 2 4
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once

each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications.
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or

unusual wear, significant discolorations due to ultraviolet
UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion to the
seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch plate,

retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other obvious
problem should be replaced immediately.
B-22283
The items below are referenced in [Figure 226].
1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a

retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.
2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.

Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken.
3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)

by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.
4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)

rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
color of the webbing in these areas is extremely faded
and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the webbing
strength may have deteriorated.
See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement

parts for your machine.

158 of 260
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (HST) Press the reverse travel control pedal. The back-up alarm
must sound when the operator presses the reverse travel
Description control pedal.
This machine may be equipped with a back-up alarm The back-up alarm is located at the rear of the compact
system. The back-up alarm will sound when the operator tractor.
presses the reverse Travel Control Pedal.
Figure 228
Slight movement of the reverse Travel Control Pedal is
required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-
up alarm will sound.
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the
rear when operating the compact tractor in reverse,
or for keeping bystanders away from the work area.
Operators must always look in the direction of travel,
including reverse and must also keep bystanders away
from the work area, even though the compact tractor is 2 1
equipped with a back-up alarm.
Operators must be trained to always look in the direction
of travel, including when operating the compact
tractor in reverse and to keep away from the work area.
Other workers should be trained to always keep away P-81858
from the operators work area and travel path.
WARNING Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)

[Figure 228], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 228] and
back-up alarm switch (Item 1) [Figure 229] for tightness

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH and damage. Repair or replace any damaged
components.
Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path. If the back-up alarm switch requires adjustment, see your
The operator must always look in the direction of Bobcat dealer for service.
travel. Adjusting Switch Position
The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction. Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See
Figure 229
Inspecting
Figure 227
1
1
P-81395
P-84801
See your Bobcat dealer for switch adjustment.
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal
(Item 1) [Figure 227]. Replace if required. Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function
following the instructions at the beginning of this page.
Fasten the seat belt and engage the parking brake.
Turn the key switch to the ON position but do not start the
engine.

159 of 260
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (SST) The back-up alarm is located at the rear of the compact
tractor.
Description
Figure 231
This machine may be equipped with a back-up alarm
system. The back-up alarm will sound when the operator
places the Shuttle Shift Lever (F-N-R) in the reverse
position.
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the
rear when operating the compact tractor in reverse,
or for keeping bystanders away from the work area.
Operators must always look in the direction of travel,
including reverse and must also keep bystanders away 2 1
from the work area, even though the compact tractor is
equipped with a back-up alarm.
Operators must be trained to always look in the direction
of travel, including when operating the compact P-81858
tractor in reverse and to keep away from the work area.
Other workers should be trained to always keep away
from the operators work area and travel path. Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)
[Figure 231], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 231] and
back-up alarm switch (Item 1) [Figure 232] for tightness
WARNING and damage. Repair or replace any damaged
components.
Adjusting Switch Position
Always keep bystanders away from the work area Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See

and travel path. STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR on Page 75.)
The operator must always look in the direction of Figure 232
travel.
The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409
Inspecting
1
Figure 230
1 2
P-92906
The back-up alarm switch is located under the left side

floor plate.
Place the shuttle shift lever (F-N-R) in the reverse
position.
P-84801 The switch (Item 1) [Figure 232] must contact the shuttle
shift lever when in the reverse position.
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal If the switch (Item 1) does not activate, loosen the two
(Item 1) [Figure 230]. Replace if required. screws (Item 2) [Figure 232]. Position the back-up alarm
switch roller so that it makes contact with the lever and
Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE- you hear the switch click. Tighten the two screws.
PROCEDURE on Page 71.) NOTE: If there is not enough adjustment using the
screws (Item 2) [Figure 232], the switch
Fasten the seat belt and engage the parking brake. bracket may need to be loosened and
Turn the key switch to the ON position but do not start the adjusted using the bracket mounting bolts.
engine. (See the Service Manual for additional
information.)
Move the Shuttle Shift Lever (F-N-R) to the reverse
position. The back-up alarm must sound when the lever Inspect the back-up alarm system for proper function.
is in the reverse position. (See the Inspecting procedure on this page.)

160 of 260
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM Figure 233
Inspection And Maintenance UNLOCKED LOCKED
NOTE: The brakes must be adjusted if the brake 2

pedals can be pressed down more than the
allowable limit. (See BRAKE SYSTEM on Page
161.)
WARNING
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
W-2050-0807
1
HST Model P-84900

WARNING Figure 234
UNLOCKED LOCKED
The parking brake must be engaged before leaving 2
the operators seat. Rollaway can occur because the
transmission may not prevent machine movement.
parking brake.
W-2656-0807
SST Model 1 P-92929A
The brake pedals (Item 1) [Figure 233] or [Figure 234]

must be locked together for parking brake application.
Rotate the brake pedal lock lever (Item 2) [Figure 233] or

[Figure 234] to the locked position.

161 of 260
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 237
Inspection And Maintenance (Contd) LOCKED
SST Model
Figure 235
1
P-92930
P-97208 With the brake pedals locked together, press down fully
on the brake pedals (Item 1) [Figure 236] or [Figure
237]. Press down and hold the parking brake lever (Item
Position the compact tractor on a 15 slope [Figure 235] 2) [Figure 236] or [Figure 237] and remove foot from the
so that both the front and rear tires are on the slope with brake pedals (Item 1) [Figure 236] or [Figure 237]. The
the heavy end uphill.

brake pedals (Item 1) [Figure 236] or [Figure 237] must
NOTE: If equipped with a loader, raise the loader arms remain in the engaged position.
457 mm (18.00 in) above the ground.
Make sure no bystanders are in the area.
Figure 236
Stop the engine.
HST Model LOCKED
For HST models: Move the speed range lever to neutral.
For SST models: Press the clutch pedal fully and move
the Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) lever to Neutral,
the gear shift lever to neutral, and the range lever to the
neutral position.
The engaged parking brake must hold the compact

tractor from moving. If movement is detected, the brakes
1 must be adjusted. (See BRAKE SYSTEM on Page 161.)
P-84902
P-84901

162 of 260
BRAKE SYSTEM The brake pedals (Item 1) [Figure 238] must be unlocked
Inspection And Maintenance for brake inspection and maintenance.
When the brakes are used to slow the compact tractor, Rotate the lock lever (Item 2) [Figure 238] to the
there should be no noticeable pulling to the left or the
right. If brakes need adjusting, use the following unlocked position.
procedure.
Figure 239
The brakes are inspected by measuring pedal free travel.
For HST models: One or both brake pedals must be HST Model
depressed before the engine can be started.
For SST models: The right pedal or both brake pedals
must be depressed before the engine can be started. 1
WARNING
Stop engine and chock both rear tires before
inspecting or adjusting brakes.
W-2590-0607
MEASURE PEDAL FREE TRAVEL

Figure 238 P-84847A
UNLOCKED 2 LOCKED

SST Model
2
MEASURE PEDAL FREE TRAVEL P-92924
HST Model 1 P-84900

Press down lightly on the left brake pedal (Item 1)
UNLOCKED LOCKED [Figure 239] until resistance is felt.
2
2 Measure the distance that the pedal traveled.
Repeat the procedure for the other brake pedal.
The correct brake pedal free travel for both the left and
right brake pedal is:
Brake pedal free travel 20 - 30 mm (0.78 - 1.18 in)

2 Adjust until the free travel is equal for both the left and
right brake pedals.
After brake pedal inspection or adjustment is completed,

lock the brake pedals together. Rotate the pedal lock
(Item 2) to the locked position [Figure 238].
SST Model 1 P-92929A

163 of 260
BRAKE SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 241
Adjusting
WARNING
Brake pedals must be locked together before 1
unlock the brake pedals when brake adjustment is 2
1
cause accidental turning or tipping. Slow down P-92910A
as needed.
W-2750-0708
Left Brake Pedal Adjustment
Figure 240 The adjustment linkage for the left brake pedal is located
on the left side of the instrument panel.
To adjust the left brake pedal free travel, loosen the two

lock nuts (Item 1) [Figure 241].
1 Turn the turn buckle (Item 2) [Figure 241] to change

pedal travel.
When both the left and right pedals have been set to the
2 same free travel, tighten the two lock nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 241].
After the brake pedals have been adjusted, the compact

1 tractor should stop in a straight line when using the brake
P-92911 pedals. If compact tractor pulls to one side, readjust the
brakes as needed.
NOTE: This procedure and the photos are shown After brake pedal inspection or adjustment is completed,
using a HST model, the procedure for the SST lock the brake pedals together. Rotate the lock lever (Item
model is the same. 2) to the locked position [Figure 238].
Right Brake Pedal Adjustment Check the parking brake. (See PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM on Page 159.)
The adjustment linkage for the right brake pedal is
located on the right side of the instrument panel.
To adjust the right brake pedal free travel, loosen the two
lock nuts (Item 1) [Figure 240].
Turn the turn buckle (Item 2) [Figure 240] to change

pedal travel.
When both the left and right pedals have been set to the
same free travel, tighten the two lock nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 240].

164 of 260
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDAL (HST ONLY) F-N-R LEVER (SST ONLY)
Inspection And Maintenance Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 242 Figure 243
1
1
2
P-84914
P-92921
When on flat level ground, if any movement of the

compact tractor is detected when the travel control When on flat level ground, if any movement of the
pedals (Item 1 and 2) [Figure 242] are in neutral and the compact tractor is detected when the F-N-R lever (Item 1)
speed range lever in gear, contact your Bobcat dealer for [Figure 243] is in neutral (N), the speed range lever is in
service. gear, the gear shift lever is in gear and the clutch pedal is
released, contact your Bobcat dealer for service.

WARNING
When on flat level ground, the compact tractor must
not move with the travel control pedal(s) in the
neutral position and the speed range lever in gear. If
any movement is detected, discontinue operation
and contact your Bobcat dealer for service.
W-2591-0907

165 of 260
CLUTCH PEDAL (SST ONLY)
Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 244
P-92923
When on flat level ground, if any movement of the

compact tractor is detected when the clutch pedal (Item

1) [Figure 244] is fully depressed, the speed range lever
is in gear, gear shift lever is in a gear and the F-N-R lever
is in F or R, clutch pedal adjustment or clutch
replacement may be needed.
Press down lightly on the clutch pedal (Item 1) [Figure

244] until resistance is felt.
Measure the distance that the clutch pedal traveled.
The correct clutch pedal free travel is:
Clutch pedal free travel 20 - 30 mm (0.78 - 1.18 in)

166 of 260
CRUISE CONTROL (HST ONLY) Figure 247
Inspection And Maintenance 3
Figure 245 2
P-84852
The cruise control is controlled by a magnet (Item 1) that

P-84914
holds the forward travel pedal (Item 2) [Figure 247] in the
selected forward travel speed position.
If the cruise control switch (Item 1) [Figure 245] does not If adjustment is needed, loosen the bolts (Item 3) [Figure
maintain the selected speed, the cruise control will need 247] and position the magnet so there is 1,0 - 1,5 mm

to be adjusted. (0.039 - 0.059 in) clearance between the side of the
forward travel pedal and the face of the magnet. Tighten
Figure 246 the bolts after adjustment is made.
Figure 248
2
3
1
P-84851
1
P-84850
NOTE: The brake pedals (Item 1) must be in the locked
position with the lock lever (Item 2) and the
unlocked brake pedal switch (Item 3) [Figure The controller (Item 1) [Figure 248] located below the
246] engaged to activate the cruise control. If operators seat, also controls the cruise control magnet. If
the brake pedals are not locked together, the the cruise control will still not maintain the selected
switch will not allow power to the cruise speed, the controller may be defective. See your Bobcat
control switch. Make sure the switch is dealer for service on the controller.
activated before proceeding with any
additional adjustment procedures. The cruise control must disengage when the brake
pedals are pressed or the cruise control switch is moved
to the OFF position. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
service if the system does not function properly.

167 of 260
PTO SWITCH (REAR) Contact your Bobcat dealer if the rear-PTO system does
not function properly.
IMPORTANT
To avoid start-up overload on the PTO driveline,
reduce engine speed to low idle when engaging the
PTO. After PTO driveline is rotating, increase engine
speed.
I-2276-0608
Figure 249

1 2
P-84893B
The rear-PTO switch (Item 1 and 2) [Figure 249]

engages and disengages the compact tractor rear-PTO
shaft.
The rear-PTO switch must be in the disengaged (OFF)

position for the engine to be started.
Inspection Procedure

1. Install a rear-PTO implement. (See Installing And

2. Enter the compact tractor. (See PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine. Move
the engine speed control lever to low engine speed.
3. Engage the rear-PTO. (See Engaging Rear-PTO on

Page 67.) The rear-PTO driveline must start rotating.
4. Disengage the rear-PTO (See Disengaging Rear-

PTO on Page 67.) The rear-PTO driveline must STOP
rotating.

168 of 260
PTO LEVER (MID) (IF EQUIPPED) Inspection Procedure
Inspection And Maintenance Perform this procedure on flat level ground and make
Figure 250
1. Install a mid-PTO implement. (See Installing And
Removing The Mid-PTO on Page 101.)
2. Enter the compact tractor. (See PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Start the engine. Move
the engine speed control lever to low engine speed.
ENGAGE
3. Engage the mid-PTO. (See Engaging Mid-PTO (If
Equipped) on Page 68.) The mid-PTO driveline must
start rotating.
4. Disengage the mid-PTO (See Disengaging Mid-PTO

1 (If Equipped) on Page 68.) The mid-PTO driveline
must STOP rotating.
DISENGAGE P-92926
Contact your Bobcat dealer if the mid-PTO system does

not function properly.
Figure 251

1
P-84893B
The mid-PTO lever (Item 1) [Figure 250] and the PTO

switch (Item 1) [Figure 251] engages and disengages
the compact tractor mid-PTO shaft.
The mid-PTO lever must be in the disengaged (OFF)

position for the engine to be started.

169 of 260
THREE-POINT HITCH POSITION LEVER
The three-point hitch position lever and the remote three-

point hitch position lever control the movement and the
positioning of the lower links.
See your Bobcat dealer for servicing the three-point hitch

system.
REAR (REMOTE) AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC LEVER (IF

EQUIPPED)
The rear auxiliary hydraulic lever(s) controls the hydraulic

oil flow to the rear hydraulic couplers.
See your Bobcat dealer for servicing the rear auxiliary

system.
JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER (IF EQUIPPED)

The joystick control lever controls the flow of the hydraulic

oil to the front hydraulic couplers (if equipped).
See your Bobcat dealer for servicing the joystick control

lever and control valve.

170 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
Foldable ROPS (If Equipped)
Figure 252
WARNING
The ROPS must be properly secured in the raised
1 position. Make sure that both pins are correctly
installed through the mounting frame and the ROPS
tube and secured with the retainer pins. Improperly
installed fasteners will cause loss of ROPS
protection.
W-2554-0807
P-84908B
Check the ROPS, mounting, and hardware for damage.

Never modify the ROPS structure. Replace ROPS and

hardware if damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts.
The compact tractor is supplied with a Roll-Over

Protective Structure (ROPS) (Item 1) [Figure 252] and
seat belt as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover. (The ROPS meets: Roll-Over Protective
Structure per ASABE S478 and OSHA 29 CFR PART
1928 Subpart C.) The seat belt must be fastened and the
ROPS must be up and locked for rollover protection.
Check with your dealer if the ROPS has been damaged
or modified. (See Raising And Lowering The ROPS on
Page 40.) for instructions to put the ROPS in the up and
locked position.)
If the ROPS is in the down position, DO NOT wear the

seat belt.
WARNING
Never modify ROPS by welding, grinding, drilling
holes or adding attachments unless instructed to do
so by Bobcat Company. Changes to the ROPS can
cause loss of operator protection from rollover and
result in injury or death.
W-2596-0510

171 of 260
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
(CONTD)
Cab Enclosure ROPS (If Equipped)
Figure 253
P-86956B
Check the cab enclosure ROPS, mounting, and hardware

for damage. Never modify the cab enclosure ROPS
structure. Replace cab enclosure ROPS and hardware if
damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts.
The compact tractor is supplied with a Roll-Over

Protective Structure (ROPS) (Item 1) [Figure 253] and
seat belt as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover. (The ROPS meets: Roll-Over Protective
Structure per ASABE S478 and OSHA 29 CFR PART
1928 Subpart C.) The seat belt must be fastened for
rollover protection. Check with your dealer if the ROPS
has been damaged or modified.
WARNING
Never modify ROPS by welding, grinding, drilling
holes or adding attachments unless instructed to do
so by Bobcat Company. Changes to the ROPS can
cause loss of operator protection from rollover and
result in injury or death.
W-2596-0510

172 of 260
ENGINE COVER Figure 255
Opening And Closing
Figure 254
1
1 2
P-84848
Closing
P-84849C
The engine cover is held open by a gas cylinder (Item 1)
[Figure 255].
Opening
To lower the engine cover, push down on the front of the

The engine cover (Item 1) is opened by pulling down on engine cover until it locks in the closed position [Figure
the knob (Item 2) [Figure 254] and pushing down on the 254].
front of the engine cover. (The knob is located on the
lower right side of the frame.) NOTE: If hood rattles during operation, inspect the
rubber moulding (Item 2) [Figure 255]. The
Raise the front of the engine cover. moulding will need to be replaced if damaged
or if the hood rattles during operation.

173 of 260
ENGINE SIDE PANEL Figure 258
Removal And Installation
The left and right engine side panels can be removed for
easier access to engine components.
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page

171.) 1
Figure 256
2 2
P-81617
Installation
Position the rear mounting post (Item 1) on the bottom of

2 the engine side panel into the mounting hole (Item 2)
2
[Figure 258]. Push down on the engine side panel until
1 the rear mounting post is inserted into the mounting hole.

P-81580A
Figure 259
Removal (Right Side Shown)
The engine side panel (Item 1) [Figure 256] are

removable for ease of engine service.
Rotate the two clamps (Item 2) [Figure 256] up.
Figure 257
1 2
P-81615
1
Position the front mounting rod (Item 1) on the bottom of
the engine side panel into the mounting groove (Item 2)
[Figure 259]. Push down on the engine side panel until
the front mounting rod is pressed into the mounting
groove.
Move the top edge of the side panel (Item 1) [Figure

P-81620 256] in.
Rotate the two clamps (Item 2) [Figure 256] down over

Pull outward on the top edge (Item 1) [Figure 257] of the the top lip of the engine side panel.
engine side panel and lift up to remove.

174 of 260
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
(HVAC)
If equipped with a cab, the machine will have a HVAC

system.
Cleaning And Maintenance
The HVAC system requires regular inspection and

maintenance. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.)
Figure 260
1 1

P-87990
Remove the two thumb screws (Item 1) from the filters

(Item 2) [Figure 260] (both sides of cab).
Figure 261
P-87989
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 261].
Use low air pressure to clean the filter. Replace the filter
when very dirty.

175 of 260
AIR CLEANER SERVICE Clean the inside of the filter housing and seal. Do not use
compressed air.
Replacing Filter Element
Check the housing for damage.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.) Install the new filter element.
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page Install the dust cup and engage the fasteners [Figure
171.) 262].
Check the air intake hose and the air cleaner housing for Inner Filter
damage.
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
Check to make sure all connections are tight. replaced.
Outer Filter Figure 264
Figure 262

2
1
P-84844
P-84846
Remove the inner filter (Item 1) [Figure 264].
Release the three fasteners (Item 1) [Figure 262]. NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt
and debris.
Remove and clean the dust cup (Item 2) [Figure 262].
Install a new inner element (Item 1) [Figure 264].
Figure 263
Install the outer element (Item 1) [Figure 263].
Install the dust cup [Figure 262].
P-84845
Pull the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 263] from the air
cleaner housing.

176 of 260
FUEL SYSTEM Biodiesel Blend Fuel
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1.
Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel jelling during cold temperatures:
Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
TEMPERATURE C (F) NO. 2 NO. 1 corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
-9 (+15) & Above 100% 0%
Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
Down to -29 (-20) 50% 50% failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
Below -29 (-20) 0% 100% fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
At a minimum, Low Sulfur (500 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such
must be used in this machine. as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
and fuel lines.
The following fuels may also be used in this machine:
Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
Ultra Low Sulfur (15 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel. five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
Biodiesel Blend Fuel - Must contain no more than five pump and seals.

percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low
sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. used:
Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times

to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
WARNING Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an immediately.
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807 Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before
operating the machine.
Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended

oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
WARNING
Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
explosion or fire. stability and should not be stored for more
W-2103-0508 than three months.

177 of 260
FUEL SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 266
Filling The Fuel Tank
WARNING
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO 1
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807
Figure 265 P-78822A
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 266].
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the

correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
1 free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
SMOKING!

Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 266].
Close the cover (Item 1) [Figure 265].
P-78820
WARNING
The fuel tank is located under the engine cover.
Open the fuel fill access cover (Item 1) [Figure 265]. Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

178 of 260
FUEL SYSTEM (CONTD) Remove the locking collar (Item 2) [Figure 268] at the
filter element and remove the fuel bowl and filter.
Fuel Filter
Remove the filter and drain the fuel, water and any
Remove water from or replace the fuel filter at the correct sediment into the drain pan. Dispose of the used fuel in
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.) an environmentally safe manner.
Figure 267 Reinstall the filter and bowl. Turn the lever to the ON
position [Figure 269].
4
Replacing Filter:
5 Clean the area around the filter housing.
6
Move the fuel shut off lever to the OFF position (Item 1)
3 [Figure 268].
Place a drain pan under the fuel filter.

2
Remove the locking collar (Item 2) [Figure 268] at the
1 filter element and remove the fuel bowl and filter.
Remove the filter and drain the fuel, water and any
B-26786 sediment into the drain pan. Dispose of the used fuel and
filter in an environmentally safe manner.

The fuel filter assembly consists of the following: Locking Put clean oil on the O-rings.
Collar (Item 1), Bowl (Item 2), O-ring (Item 3), O-ring
(Item 4), Filter (Item 5), and Spring (Item 6) [Figure 267]. Install the new fuel filter, bowl and locking collar.
Figure 269
Figure 268
1
ON
OFF
1
2
P-84843
P-84843A
Return the shutoff lever to the ON position (Item 1)

Removing Water: [Figure 269].
The fuel filter is located under the engine cover on the Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air
right side of the engine [Figure 268]. From The Fuel System on Page 178.)
Clean the area around the filter housing.
Move the fuel shut off lever 90 to the OFF position (Item
1) [Figure 268].
Place a drain pan under the fuel filter.

179 of 260
FUEL SYSTEM (CONTD) Enter the compact tractor. Perform the Pre-Starting
procedure. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Page
Removing Air From The Fuel System 71.)
Start the engine and let it run for about 30 seconds and
WARNING then stop the engine.
Exit the compact tractor.

Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, Figure 271
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
ON
WARNING 1

the starter terminals.

P-84843
Always start the machine from the operators
position only.
W-2438-0807 Rotate the shutoff lever (Item 1) [Figure 271] to the ON
position (as shown).
After replacing the fuel filter or when the fuel tank has run
out of fuel, air must be removed from the fuel system
before starting the engine.
WARNING
Be sure the engine is cool.
Figure 270
1 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
AIR enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
W-2072-0807
Filling A Portable Fuel Container
Static electric spark can explosively ignite fuel vapors

when filling ungrounded portable containers (e.g. plastic).
P-84842 Always put the container ON THE GROUND before

filling.
Rotate the shutoff lever to the AIR position (Item 1) Keep the nozzle in contact with container while filling.
[Figure 270].

180 of 260
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter
Checking And Adding Engine Oil Follow the service interval for replacing the engine oil and
filter. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.)
Figure 272
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature.
Stop the engine.
Figure 273
1
P-84841
1
Check the engine oil level every day. P-84840
If the engine has been running, wait about 5 minutes

Remove the two drain plugs (Item 1) [Figure 273]. Drain
before checking oil level. the oil into a container and recycle or dispose of used oil
in an environmentally safe manner.
The engine oil dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 272] can be
accessed from below the right engine side cover. Reinstall the two drain plugs. Tighten the plugs to 31 - 36
Nm (23 - 27 ft-lb).
Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 272] to check the
oil level. Figure 274
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick.
Engine Oil Chart
P-84839

171.)
Remove the right side engine cover. (See ENGINE SIDE

PANEL on Page 172.)
Remove the oil filter (Item 1) [Figure 274] and clean the
filter housing surface.
Use genuine Bobcat filters only.

Use good quality engine oil that meets API Service
Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and
Classification of CD or better. hand tighten.

181 of 260
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONTD)
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter (Contd)
Figure 275
P-84839
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 275].

Put the correct quantity of oil in the engine (See
Capacities on Page 250.)
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Remove the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 275] and check the

oil level. (See Checking And Adding Engine Oil on Page
179.)
Install the dipstick.
Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the

dipstick.
Install the right side engine cover. (See ENGINE SIDE

PANEL on Page 172.)
Close the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page

171.)
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

182 of 260
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM NOTE: The cooling system is factory filled with
ethylene glycol coolant (green color). DO NOT
Checking Level mix ethylene glycol with propylene glycol.
Figure 276 Ethylene Glycol
Add premixed coolant; 50% water 50% ethylene glycol to

the recovery tank if the coolant level is low.
3,8 L (1 U.S. gal) ethylene glycol mixed with 3,8 L (1 U.S.

1 gal) of water is the correct mixture of coolant to provide a
-37C (-34F) freeze protection.
Use a refractometer to check the condition of ethylene

glycol in your cooling system.
P-84838
IMPORTANT
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
171.) Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.

The coolant recovery tank (Item 1) [Figure 276] is Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
located on the right side of the engine. efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which

WARNING protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
AVOID INJURY Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength

Stop the engine and allow to cool before adding concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
coolant or you can be burned. engine damage.
W-2106-0907 I-2124-0497
Figure 277
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
1 of the following conditions exist:
When fluids are under pressure.
Flying debris or loose material is present.
Engine is running.
Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
P-84843
The coolant level in the recovery tank must be between

the marks on the tank (Item 1) [Figure 277] when the
engine is cool.

183 of 260
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 279
Cleaning 1
WARNING 2
AVOID INJURY
Use safety goggles when using air or water under
pressure. Do not use cold water to clean a hot
engine.
W-2064-0907
P-84836
Check the cooling system every day to prevent over-
heating, loss of performance or engine damage.
Remove the left (Item 1) and right debris screen (Item 2)
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page [Figure 279] by pulling up on the screen.
171.)
Clean the debris screens.
Figure 278
Use low air or water pressure to remove debris in the

area of the radiator and oil cooler.
2 1
IMPORTANT
1
Do not use a pressure washer to clean the radiator
and oil cooler. High pressure can damage the fins.
I-2219-1102
Check the cooling system for leaks.

P-84837
Reinstall the debris screens.
There are two debris screens (Item 1) [Figure 278] Hoses And Clamps
located in front of the radiator.
Check radiator hoses for bulges or damage. Replace as
Remove the wing bolt and washer (Item 2) [Figure 278]. needed.
Check hose clamps for tightness or damage. Tighten or

replace as needed.

184 of 260
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 281
Removing And Replacing Coolant
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Stop the engine and allow to cool before adding 1
coolant or you can be burned.
W-2106-0907
Figure 280
P-84835
The radiator drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 281] is located

on the bottom right side of the radiator
1
Open the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 281] and drain the
coolant into a container.

Re-use or dispose of the used coolant in an
Tighten the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 281].
P-84837
Remove coolant from the recovery tank.
NOTE: The compact tractor is factory filled with

ethylene glycol coolant (green color). DO NOT
mix ethylene glycol with propylene glycol.
171.)
Add premixed coolant, 50% water and 50% ethylene
Open the right side panel for access to the radiator drain
glycol to the radiator. Install the cap.
valve. (See ENGINE SIDE PANEL on Page 172.)
Add premixed coolant, 50% water and 50% ethylene
Allow the engine to cool and remove the radiator cap
glycol to the recovery tank. (See Removing And
(Item 1) [Figure 280] from the radiator. Replacing Coolant on Page 183.) Install the cap.
3,8 L (1 U.S. gal) of ethylene glycol mixed with 3,8 L

(1 U.S. gal) of water is the correct mixture of coolant
to provide a -37C (-34F) freeze protection.
Enter the compact tractor and perform the

PRESTARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
Start the engine. Let it run until it is at operating

temperature.

Check the coolant level. Add premixed coolant to the

recovery tank as needed.
Close the engine cover.

185 of 260
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Figure 284
Description FUSES
The compact tractor has a 12 volt, negative ground 1

alternator charging system. The electrical system is
protected by fuses and relays. The fuses will protect the
electrical system when there is an electrical overload.
2
The reason for the overload must be found before
starting the engine again.
3
Figure 282
4
11
5
1 6
12

P-84834 8
Fuse And Relay Location (Engine Compartment)

9
Fuses
The fuse panel (Item 1) [Figure 282] is located below the 10

steering wheel on the right side of the instrument panel. 7157858
Figure 283
The decal [Figure 284] on the fuse panel cover shows
location and size of the fuses. Description and amp
ratings are also shown below.
REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP

1 Horn / Directional 20 7 Operational 5
Lights / Hazard Control Unit /
Lights Switched Power
Relay
2 Fuel Shut Off 25 8 Head Lights / Tail 15
Solenoid Lights
3 Instrument Panel 10 9 Cruise Control 5
4 Alternator 5 10 Working Lights 20
P-81470 (For Cab models
this is 25A spare)
5 Glow Plugs / PTO / 20 11 SPARE 20
Remove the fuse cover to get access to the fuses [Figure Front Wheel Assist
283]. (FWD)
6 Brake Lights 10 12 SPARE 5

186 of 260
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONTD) Figure 287
Fuse And Relay Location (Cab) (If Equipped) FUSES
Fuses
13
The cab fuse panel is located on the left rear corner of 7
1
the cab.
Figure 285
2 8
14
9
3
4 10
1
15
5 11

6
P-87988 12
Figure 286
7168868
The decal [Figure 287] on the fuse panel cover shows

location and size of the fuses. Description and amp
ratings are also shown below.
REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP

1 Wipers 20 9 Not Used 15
2 Radio (if equipped) 10 10 Power Port 10
3 Dome Light 5 11 HVAC 25
4 Not Used 20 12 Working Lights 15
P-87987
5 Not Used 20 13 SPARE 10
6 Fuse Removal Tool --- 14 SPARE 15
Remove the fuse cover (Item 1) [Figure 285] to get 7 Accessory 1 20 15 SPARE 25
access to the fuses [Figure 286]. 8 Accessory 2 20

187 of 260
Fuse And Relay Location (Instrument Panel) (HST 8

9 7
Models) 10
6
Relays
There are eight relays used in the electrical circuit.
Four of the relays and the glow plug timer module are
located on the engine firewall (as shown in [Figure 288]).
Four of the relays and the flasher are located under the
instrument panel (as shown in [Figure 290]). (The
instrument panel must be removed to access these
components.) P-84833
Figure 288
Relay (Item 6) [Figure 289] is for low beam relay.
Relay (Item 7) [Figure 289] is for high beam relay.

2 5
1 3
4 Relay (Item 8) [Figure 289] is for Brake Light relay.

Flasher (Item 9) [Figure 289] is for the directional signals
/ hazard / flashers.
Relay (Item 10) [Figure 289] is for PTO relay.
Figure 290
P-81471
11
Relay (Item 1) [Figure 288] is for the ignition switch.
Relay (Item 2) [Figure 288] is for the glow plugs.
Relay (Item 3) [Figure 288] is for the fuel pull solenoid.
Operating Control Unit (Item 4) [Figure 288].
Relay (Item 5) [Figure 288] is for the timer.
P-84812
Cruise Control / Preheat (Item 11) [Figure 290] (located

under operators seat).

188 of 260
Fuse And Relay Location (Instrument Panel) (SST 10 9 8

11
Models) 12 7
6
Relays
There are eight relays used in the electrical circuit.
Four of the relays and the glow plug timer module are
located on the engine firewall (as shown in [Figure 291]).
Four of the relays and the flasher are located under the
instrument panel (as shown in [Figure 292]). (The
instrument panel must be removed to access these
components.) P-92909
Figure 291
Relay (Item 6) [Figure 292] is for low beam relay.
Relay (Item 7) [Figure 292] is for high beam relay.

2 5
1 3
4 Relay (Item 8) [Figure 292] is for PTO relay.

Relay (Item 9) [Figure 292] is for the brake light.
Relay (Item 10) [Figure 292] is for the Shuttle Shift

neutral switch.
Flasher (Item 11) [Figure 292] is for the directional

signals / hazard / flashers.
P-81471 Preheat controller (Item 12) [Figure 292] is for controlling

glow plug activation time.
Relay (Item 1) [Figure 291] is for the ignition switch.
Relay (Item 2) [Figure 291] is for the glow plugs.
Relay (Item 3) [Figure 291] is for the fuel pull solenoid.
Operating Control Unit (Item 4) [Figure 291].
Relay (Item 5) [Figure 291] is for the timer.

189 of 260
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONTD) Battery Maintenance
Fuse And Relay Location (Cab Models)
Relays WARNING
Figure 293
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
1 contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
2 minutes.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807
P-87357
Figure 295

There are 2 relays located behind the right door post
panel. The wiper relay (Item 1) and the cab lights (Item 2)
[Figure 293].
Figure 294
P-09589 P-09590
The battery cables must be clean and tight. Always clean

the battery terminals and cable ends when installing a
new or used battery [Figure 295].
P-87327
Check the electrolyte level in the battery (If needed). Add
distilled water as necessary. Remove acid or corrosion
The air conditioning relay (Item 1) [Figure 294] is located from battery and cables with a sodium bicarbonate
under the cab roof panel. (baking soda) and water solution.
Put grease on the battery terminals and cable ends to

prevent corrosion.

190 of 260
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)
DANGER
2
AVOID DEATH
the starter terminals.
Always start the machine from the operators seat 4

only.
D-1001-0907
If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the

1 3
engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the
operators seat and one person to connect and
disconnect the battery cables.
P-84832A
The key switch must be OFF. The booster battery must

be 12 volt.
Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) to the positive

(+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end
of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 296] to the positive
WARNING terminal on the compact tractor battery.
Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) to the

BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE negative terminal of the booster battery. Connect the
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 296] to a
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away ground point on the compact tractor.
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame. Start the engine.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable
battery. Warm battery to 16C (60F) before (Item 4) from the compact tractor first. Remove the cable
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before from the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 296] on the
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never compact tractor battery. Then remove the cables from the
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. booster battery.
W-2066-0910
IMPORTANT
Damage to the charging system can occur if:
Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding. (Remove both cables
from the battery.)
Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected incorrectly.
I-2217-0610

191 of 260
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONTD) Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.
Removing And Installing Battery Connect and tighten the battery cables.
Install and tighten the battery hold down.
WARNING Install the lower grille and close the engine cover.

Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
WARNING
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention Battery explosions can cause serious injury or death.
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 Keep tools away from battery terminals to prevent
minutes. arcs and sparks.
W-2645-0607
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807

Figure 297
1 2
3 3
4
P-84831

171.)
Remove the lower grille.
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 297].
Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 2) [Figure 297].
Remove the two nuts (Item 3) and the battery hold down
Remove the battery.
When installing the battery, do not touch any metal parts

with the battery terminals.

192 of 260
INSTRUMENT PANEL Turn the head / tail lights on and activate the high beam
and the high beam light (Item 11) [Figure 298] will
Inspection And Maintenance illuminate. Switch to low beam and the high beam light
will go off.
Figure 298
The fuel gauge (Item 1) [Figure 298] will show the
14 15 amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
10 9 8
The cruise control light (Item 9) [Figure 298] will
11 6 illuminate (only when cruise control is engaged).
The tachometer (Item 2) [Figure 298] will indicate engine

12 5 7 rpm (only when the engine is running).
13 2
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Item 3) [Figure 298].
1 4 3 Turn the directional turn signal on and the left directional

indicator lights (Item 14) [Figure 298] will flash. Turn the
signal lever to neutral and the light will stop flashing.
Turn the right directional signal on and the right

directional indicator light (Item 15) [Figure 298] will flash.
Turn the directional signal lever to neutral and the light
will stop flashing.
Turn the key to the OFF position after testing the

instrument panel.

1 Fuel Gauge Shows amount of fuel in the tank.
2 Tachometer Shows engine rpm.
3 Engine Temperature Shows engine coolant temperature.
Gauge
P-84915 4 Hourmeter Records the total operating hours
of compact tractor.
5 Parking Brake Indicator Light comes on when parking brake
Inspect the instrument panel to make sure all gauges and Light is activated. Off when brake is
released.
warning lights are functioning correctly [Figure 298].
6 Engine Oil Pressure Light comes on when pressure is
Warning Light below allowable range. STOP the
Turn the key to the ON position, but do not start the engine if the light comes ON.
engine. 7 Unlocked (L-R) Brake Light comes on when brake pedals
Pedal Indicator Light are unlocked from each other.
The engine oil pressure light (Item 6) and the charging (HST ONLY)
system light (Item 10) [Figure 298] should illuminate 8 Glow Plug Light Light comes on when glow plugs
when the key is turned on and the engine is not started. are activated. (Glow plugs may stay
activated after starting.)
(When the engine is started, lights (Item 6 and 10) will
9 Cruise Control Indicator On when cruise control is engaged.
turn off if the systems are functioning correctly.) Light (HST ONLY)
The glow plug light (Item 8) [Figure 298] will illuminate 10 Charging System Light Light comes on when battery
voltage is low.
until the glow plug cycle is complete. (The glow plug light
will turn off in approximately seven seconds.) The glow 11 High Beam Indicator Light is on when the front lights are
Light on high.
plug light may temporarily illuminate after starting.
12 PTO Indicator Light On when PTO is engaged (rear or
Apply the parking brake and the parking brake light (Item mid).
5) [Figure 298] will illuminate. Disengage the parking 13 Front Wheel Assist On when front wheel assist is
(4WD) Indicator Light engaged.
brake and the light will shut off.
14 Left Directional Signal On when turn signal switch is
For HST Model Only - Move the brake pedal lock lever to Indicator activated for left turn.
the unlocked position and the unlocked (L-R) brake pedal 15 Right Directional Signal On when turn signal switch is
indicator light (Item 7) [Figure 298] will illuminate. Move Indicator activated for right turn.
the brake pedal lock lever to the locked position (left and
right brake pedal locked) and the light will shut off.

193 of 260
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC / TRANSMISSION Transmission / Differential Fluid Chart
SYSTEM
Checking And Adding Fluid
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic / hydrostatic

/ transmission system. (See REGULAR MAINTENANCE
ITEMS on Page 7.).
NOTE: Failure to use the proper transmission /

differential fluid may result in diminished
brake performance.

Figure 299 P-64023D
Figure 300

2
1
P-84805
Check the fluid level at the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 299]

P-84808
at the rear of the machine.
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. If needed, remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 300] and
add fluid. (See chart above.)
NOTE: When installing the fill cap (Item 1), position it

as shown. The fill cap has a breather hole
(Item 2) [Figure 300] that needs to be in the up
position.

194 of 260
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC / TRANSMISSION Figure 302
SYSTEM (CONTD)
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic /

Transmission Filters (HST Models Only)
Replace the filters at the correct interval. (See SERVICE

SCHEDULE on Page 151.)
WARNING 1

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can P-84829
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do Remove the hydraulic / hydrostatic / transmission filter
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid (Item 1) [Figure 302] (below the operators area on the
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention left side of the frame).
W-2072-0807 Clean the surface of the filter housings where the filter
seal contacts the housing.

Figure 301
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filters.
Install the hydraulic filter (Item 1) [Figure 301] and hand

tighten plus 3/4 turn.
Install the hydraulic / hydrostatic / transmission filter (Item

1) [Figure 302] and hand tighten.
Start the engine and operate all the hydraulic controls.

1 Check for leaks at the filters.

P-84830
Check fluid level and add as needed.
Remove the hydraulic filter (Item 1) [Figure 301] (near

the right rear wheel).
WARNING
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

195 of 260
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC / TRANSMISSION Check fluid level and add as needed.
SYSTEM (CONTD)

Transmission Filters (SST Models Only) WARNING
Replace the filters at the correct interval. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 151.) AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
explosion or fire.
WARNING W-2103-0508

enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
W-2072-0807

Figure 303
1
P-84830
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 303] (near the right

rear wheel).
Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal
contacts the housing.
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filters. Install and
hand tighten plus 3/4 turn.
Start the engine and operate all the hydraulic controls.

Check for leaks at the filter.

196 of 260
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC / TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM (CONTD)

Transmission Fluid
WARNING
Replace hydraulic / hydrostatic / transmission fluid at the AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Page 151.) sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
NOTE: Failure to use the proper transmission / explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
differential fluid may result in diminished
brake performance. (See Transmission /
Differential Fluid Chart on Page 192.) Hoses And Clamps
Fluid should also be replace if it becomes contaminated Inspect hydraulic, cooler and power steering hoses and
or after major repair. tubelines. Replace as necessary.
Always replace the filters whenever the hydraulic / Inspect hoses clamps for damage and tightness. Tighten
hydrostatic / transmission fluid is replaced. (See or replace as necessary.
Transmission Filters (HST Models Only) on Page 193.)
Figure 304

2
1 1
1
P-84827
Remove the three plugs (Item 1) [Figure 304] from the

bottom of the transmission case.
If equipped with mid-PTO, remove the plug (Item 2)

[Figure 304] from the side of the mid-PTO housing.
Drain the fluid into a container.
Recycle or dispose of the used fluid in an

Install the drain plugs and add hydraulic fluid. (See

Transmission / Differential Fluid Chart on Page 192.)

197 of 260
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER Figure 305
Cleaning Procedure
Clean the spark arrester muffler at the correct service

interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.) Do
not operate the compact tractor with a defective exhaust
system.
WARNING
P-86948
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
Failure to obey can cause serious injury. Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 305] from the clean out
W-2011-1285 hole in the muffler.
WARNING Engage the parking brake.

Run the engine for about ten seconds while a second

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH person, wearing safety glasses, holds a block of wood
over the outlet of the muffler.
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust This will force contaminants out through the clean out
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust hole (Item 1) [Figure 305].
gases which can kill without warning. Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See
Install the plug.
Allow the engine to cool.

IMPORTANT
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.
171.) Forestry Service approved spark arrester exhaust
system.
Remove the left side engine panel. (See ENGINE SIDE
PANEL on Page 172.) The spark arrester muffler, if equipped, must be
cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark
arrester muffler must be serviced by dumping the
spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
WARNING On some models, the turbocharger functions as the
spark arrester and must operate correctly for proper
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive spark arrester function.
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
cause injury or death. brush, or grass covered land, it must be equipped
W-2068-1285 with a spark arrester attached to the exhaust system
and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will
be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442.
PRC. Refer to local laws and regulations for spark
arrester requirements.
I-2284-0111

198 of 260
SUPPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON
JACKSTANDS
Procedure WARNING
For service work under the compact tractor, or to remove
the rims and tires, always support the compact tractor AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
with jackstands or blocks of adequate capacity for the Instructions are necessary before operating or
weight of compact tractor. (See Performance on Page servicing machine. Read and understand the
246.) Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operators
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
Figure 306 warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
WARNING

Put jackstands under the front and rear axles of the
frame of the compact tractor before running the
1 P-84807 engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can
allow the machine to fall or move.
W-2677-0907
Figure 307
2
P-84806
Park the compact tractor on a flat level surface.
Put jackstands under the front and rear axles (Item 1)

[Figure 306] and (Item 2) [Figure 307].

199 of 260
TIRE MAINTENANCE Mounting
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure.
IMPORTANT
Foam filled tires are NOT approved for use on the WARNING
filled tires. Warranty will be voided if foam filled tires AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
are used on this machine. Do Not attempt to mount a tire on the rim. This
I-2277-0608 must be done by qualified personnel with the
proper equipment.
Front Wheel Nuts / Bolts Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not
inflate the tires above the recommended
Check the wheel nut / bolt torque at the correct service pressures shown in the Operation & Maintenance
interval (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 151.) Manual.
Use tires with the correct load rating for proper
Front Wheels: The correct nut torque is 225 Nm (166 ft- loader operation.
lb). W-2598-1209
Rear Wheel Nuts / Bolts Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person
using the proper procedures and safe equipment.
Rear Wheels: The correct bolt torque is 225 Nm (166 ft-

lb). Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size
before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage.
Rear Wheels: The correct nut torque is 225 Nm (166 ft-
lb). The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust.
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure. The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a
rubber lubricant before mounting the tire.
Use tires with the correct load rating for proper loader
operation. (See Tires on Page 250.) Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and
cause serious injury or death.
During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure

frequently to avoid over inflation.
WARNING
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-1007

200 of 260
TIRE MAINTENANCE (CONTD) Figure 310
Wheel Spacing (AG And Industrial Tires Only)
The rear wheel spacing on Ag and general purpose tires

is adjustable. To provide the best stability, operate the
compact tractor in the widest wheel spacing position
whenever possible.
1 1
Raise the rear wheels and support the rear axle on
jackstands. (See SUPPORTING THE COMPACT
TRACTOR ON JACKSTANDS on Page 197.)
1
Figure 308
P-80899B
1
Remove the six nuts (Item 1) [Figure 310] and bolts that
retain the wheel center section to the rim.
Figure 311

P-80899A
2
The rim can be mounted on the wheel center section with
the bracket (Item 1) [Figure 308] to the inside or the
outside of the wheel center section (To the inside 1
provides a narrower spacing, to the outside provides a
wider spacing.)
Figure 309 P-80898
Position the wheel center section (Item 1) to the desired

position and install the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 311] and nut.
1 2
Tighten the nuts to torque is 225 Nm (166 ft-lb).
Reinstall the wheel assembly and tighten the wheel nuts
and bolts. (See Rear Wheel Nuts / Bolts on Page 198.)
1
2
IMPORTANT
P-80900 Foam filled tires are NOT approved for use on the
Remove the four bolts (Item 1) and the two nuts (Item 2) are used on this machine.
[Figure 309] and remove the wheel assembly from the I-2277-0608
compact tractor.

201 of 260
FRONT AXLE Removing And Replacing Lubricant
Checking And Adding Lubricant Figure 314

Figure 312
1 2
P-92913A
Remove the drain plugs (Item 1) (both sides) at the

bottom on the front axle by the rims and from the center
P-84826A
section (Item 2) [Figure 314].

A oil level sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure 312] is located on Remove the fill plug (Item 1) [Figure 313] so that the oil
the left side of the front axle. will drain faster.
The correct oil level is at the center of the sight gauge. Drain the lubricant into a container and recycle or
dispose of it in an environmentally safe manner.
Figure 313
Install and tighten drain plugs (Item 1) (both sides) and
1 (Item 2) [Figure 314].
Add lubricant through the fill plug hole (Item 1) [Figure

313] until oil is at the center of the sight gauge (Item 1)
[Figure 312].
Install and tighten the plugs.
Drive the compact tractor for five minutes and recheck

the lubricant level. Add additional lubricant if needed.
P-84825 NOTE: When adding axle housing lubricant (See

Drive System (HST) on Page 248.) or (See
Drive System (SST) on Page 249.) for correct
If the fluid level is low, clean the area around the fill plug fluid type.
and add lubricant through the fill plug hole (Item 1)
[Figure 313] until oil level is at the center of the sight
gauge (Item 1) [Figure 312].
NOTE: When adding axle housing lubricant (See

Drive System (HST) on Page 248.) or (See
Drive System (SST) on Page 249.) for correct
fluid type.
Install and tighten the plug.
Drive the compact tractor for five minutes and recheck

the lubricant level. Add additional lubricant if needed.

202 of 260
FRONT AXLE (CONTD) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Axle Pivot Inspection And Maintenance
Adjust the front axle pivot every 600 hours of operation. Figure 316
If the front axle pivot pin adjustment is incorrect, front HST Model
wheel vibration can occur causing vibration in the
steering wheel.
Figure 315
2 1
P-84823A
1
SST Model

P-84824
Loosen the lock nut (Item 1) and turn the bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 315] in until resistance is felt.
Turn the bolt (Item 2) out 1/6 turn and then tighten the
lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 315].
1 P92922A
The differential lock (Item 1) [Figure 316], when

activated will cause both rear wheels to turn at the same
speed.
Adjustment
There are no external adjustments for the differential

lock. If the differential lock is not functioning properly, the
transmission will need to be serviced. See your Bobcat
dealer for service.

203 of 260
ALTERNATOR BELT Belt Replacement
Belt Adjustment Loosen the mounting bolt (Item 1) and adjustment bolt
(Item 2) [Figure 317] and move the alternator all the way
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See in. Remove the belt.
Install the new belt and adjust as shown above.
171.)
Remove the right side engine panel. (See ENGINE SIDE

PANEL on Page 172.)
Figure 317

1
P-84822
Loosen the mounting bolt (Item 1) and adjustment bolt

Move the top of the alternator outward [Figure 317] to

tighten the belt.
Figure 318
8,0 mm
(5/16 in)
1
P-84822A
The tension is correct with 8 mm (5/16 in) belt movement

at mid span (Item 1) [Figure 318] when 67 N (15 lb) force
is applied to the belt.
Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 1) and adjustment bolt


204 of 260
AIR CONDITIONING BELT Belt Replacement
Belt Adjustment Loosen the lock bolt (Item 1) and lock nut (Item 2)
Stop the engine and exit the compact tractor. (See [Figure 319].
Loosen the nut (Item 3) [Figure 319] until the belt can be
Open the engine cover. (See ENGINE COVER on Page removed.
171.)
Install the new belt and adjust as shown above.
Remove the left and right side engine side panels. (See
ENGINE SIDE PANEL on Page 172.)
Figure 319
2 1

P-87985
Loosen the lock bolt (Item 1) and lock nut (Item 2)

[Figure 319].
Figure 320
8,0 mm
(5/16 in)
P-87984A
The tension is correct with 8 mm (5/16 in) belt movement

at mid span (Item 1) [Figure 320] when 67 N (15 lb) force
is applied to the belt.
Tighten or loosen the nut (Item 3) [Figure 319] until the

belt tension is correct.
Tighten the lock nut (Item 2) and the lock bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 319].

205 of 260
LUBRICATING THE COMPACT TRACTOR Figure 322
Lubrication Locations
WARNING
If equipped with a loader or implement, always have
the attachment or implement fully lowered on the
ground. Stop the engine and engage the parking 2
brake before doing any maintenance to the compact
tractor. Do Not work under raised loader arms or
P-84804
raised implement.
W-2599-0607
2. Left Brake Pedal Pivot (1) [Figure 322] (below left
Lubricate as specified for the best performance of the floor plate).
compact tractor. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page
151.) Figure 323
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the

compact tractor.

Always use a good quality lithium based multi-purpose
grease. Apply lubricant until extra grease shows.
Lubricate the following:

3
Figure 321
4 P-84824
3. Axle Pivot (1) [Figure 323] (on front side of front

axle).
4. Base End Steering Cylinder (2) [Figure 323] (under

compact tractor) - HST Models Only.
P-84821
1. Right Brake Pedal Pivot (1) [Figure 321] (below right

floor plate)

206 of 260
LUBRICATING THE COMPACT TRACTOR (CONTD) Figure 326
Lubrication Locations (Contd)
Figure 324
6
5
P-84802
8. Three-Point Hitch Position Lever (1) [Figure 326]

P-84820 (above right side of rear axle).
Figure 327
5. Rod End Steering Cylinder (2) [Figure 324] (both
sides) - HST Models Only.

6. Axle Pivot (2) [Figure 324] (both sides).
Figure 325
P-84803
9. Three-Point Hitch Lifting Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure

7 327].
P-78853
7. Axle Pivot (1) [Figure 325] (on rear side of front axle).

207 of 260
LUBRICATING THE COMPACT TRACTOR (CONTD) Figure 330
Lubrication Locations (Contd) EARLY
Figure 328
10
14 15
11
LATER
14 15
P-77986A
P-97183
10. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 328] (if
equipped). 14. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 330]

(if equipped).
11. Bucket Pins (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 328] (if
equipped). 15. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 330]
(if equipped).
Figure 329
Figure 331
EARLY LATER
13
13
16
12
12
P-84817
P-97182
16. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 331] (if

12. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 329] (if equipped).
equipped).
13. Loader Arm Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 329] (if
equipped).

208 of 260
PIVOT PINS
Figure 332
1
P-78909
Some models use pivot pins (Item 1) [Figure 332] that

are held in position with a bolt.

Check that the bolts are tightened to 34 - 37 Nm (25 - 28
ft-lb) torque.
Figure 333
1
P-97184
Some models use pivot pins (Item 1) [Figure 333] that

are held in position with a bolt and lock nut.
Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 34 - 37 Nm (25

- 28 ft-lb) torque.

209 of 260
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must contact the lower
edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 335]
Inspection And Maintenance mounting frame.
Figure 334 If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole
[Figure 335], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 336
P-84816
Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges

[Figure 334].
The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
W-2715-0208
Figure 335
B-17460
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-

Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach wedgewedgemustmust Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
contact
contact the lower
lower edge
edge of damage [Figure 336]. Replace any parts that are
of the
the attachmentmounting
attachment damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
mounting
frame hole.frame hole.
P-79780 Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 335] must extend through Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Page 151.) (See LUBRICATING THE COMPACT
TRACTOR on Page 204.)

210 of 260
AXLE TOE IN Figure 339
Inspection And Maintenance (HST Models)
Figure 337
2 1
P-84814
1 If the dimension is not correct, loosen the tie rod lock nut
P-84815 (Item 1) (both sides) and install a wrench on the flat area
(Item 2) [Figure 339] on the tie rod. Turn the tie rod to
adjust the toe in until the correct measurement is
Figure 338 obtained.

Measure the toe in dimension again after the tie rod has
2 been adjusted. Readjust as necessary.
Tighten the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 339] (both sides).
1
P-77895

The front axle toe in will need to be measured at the

centerline of the front tires, both on the front side (Item 1)
[Figure 337] and rear side (Item 2) [Figure 338] of the
front axle.
Measure the front centerline of the front tires (Item 1)

[Figure 337] and [Figure 338] and write this dimension
down.
Measure the rear centerline of the front tires (Item 2)

[Figure 338] and write this dimension down.
The front dimension (Item 1) [Figure 337] and [Figure

338] should be 2 - 8 mm (0.08 - 0.31 in) less than the
rear dimension (Item 2) [Figure 338].

211 of 260
AXLE TOE IN (CONTD) Figure 341
Inspection And Maintenance (SST Models) 1
The axle illustrations show the axle removed from the

machine for photo clarity, but this procedure will be
completed with the axle installed in the machine.
Raise the front of the machine and install jackstands

under the front axle. Remove the both front tires.
Turn the steering wheel until the steering cylinder rod is

positioned in the center. Measure the exposed part of the
cylinder rod on each side of the cylinder housing making 1
sure they are the same length.
NA5006
Figure 340
Measure the distance between the ends of the two bars

(Item 1) [Figure 341]. The measurement must be equal.
Figure 342

1
1
3
1 2
NA5005
Install two identical, straight bars (Item 1) [Figure 340]

onto the wheel hub and secure them using lug nuts.
NOTE: The two bars must be perpendicular to the

ground.
If measurement is not the same, adjust both tie rod ends
(Item 1) by loosening or tightening the track rods (Item 2)
[Figure 342] of both tie rods until the measurement is the
same.
Tighten the nut (Item 3) [Figure 342] to 300 Nm (221 ft-

lb) torque.

212 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR STORAGE AND RETURN TO Return To Service
SERVICE
Storage After the compact tractor has been in storage, it is
necessary to complete this list of items to return the
compact tractor to service.
WARNING Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check

coolant level.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Install a fully charged battery.

When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust Check belt tension.
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
W-2050-0807 Lubricate the compact tractor as shown in the
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your compact Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under
tractor for an extended period of time. Below is a list of frame.
items to perform before extended storage.
Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
Thoroughly clean the compact tractor including the
engine compartment. Enter the compact tractor and perform the PRE-
Lubricate the compact tractor as shown in the
PROCEDURE on Page 71.) Let the engine run for a

few minutes while observing the instrument panels
Replace worn or damaged parts. and systems for correct operation.
Park the compact tractor in a dry protected shelter. Operate compact tractor, check for correct function.
Lower the loader arms and implement (if equipped) Check brake and parking brake function.
and put the attachment and implement flat on the
ground. Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine
a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump
and fuel injectors.
Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with
premixed coolant.
Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hyd. / hydros /
trans.).
Replace air cleaner filter.
Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the
tires.
Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is
correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool, dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.
Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
Tag the compact tractor to indicate that it is in storage
condition.
Lock the brake pedals together and engage the
parking brake.
Drain water from clutch housing (if equipped).
Place clutch pedal in the storage position (if
equipped).

213 of 260
SETTING ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE CLUTCH PEDAL AND HOUSING (SST)
Description Draining Water
Water can be trapped in the clutch housing after washing

The engine valve clearance should be checked and the machine, heavy rains, melting snow or driving
adjusted at 800 hours. through water.
See your Bobcat dealer for service. The clutch housing should be drained after any of these
events and / or should be checked and drained on a
periodic bases.
If water is trapped in the clutch housing and not drained
and the tractor is not used for an extended period of time,
the clutch can rust and make clutch disengagement
difficult.
Figure 343

1
P-97631
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 343] from the bottom

of the clutch housing and allow all water to drain.
Reinstall the plug and tighten.
Storage Position
If the machine is going to be stored or not used for an
extended period of time, the clutch pedal should be put in
the storage position so that the clutch can not rust and
lock in the engaged position.
Figure 344
P-92908
Fully press the clutch (Item 1) and rotate the retainer

(Item 2) [Figure 344] to hold the clutch in the disengaged
position.

214 of 260
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Service Schedule (7125074) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Warning (7118012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Warning (7166857) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Warning (7127020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Warning (7118016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Danger (7118017) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Start Engine (HST) (7157848) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Start Engine (SST) (7186656) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Warning (7166858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Warning (7125076) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Danger / Warning (7147821) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Warning (7147822) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Danger (7147823) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Warning (7147824) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Warning (7147825) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Warning (7157847) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Warning (7157924) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Caution (7164977) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Warning (7168864) (IF EQUIPPED WITH CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

215 of 260

216 of 260
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Service Schedule (7125074)

217 of 260
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONTD)
Service Schedule (7125074) (Contd)

218 of 260
Service Schedule (7125074) (Contd)

219 of 260
Warning (7118012)

220 of 260
Warning (7118012) (Contd)

221 of 260

222 of 260
Warning (7166857)

223 of 260
Warning (Contd) (7166857)

224 of 260
Warning (Contd) (7166857)

225 of 260
Warning (7127020)

226 of 260
Warning (7118016)

227 of 260

228 of 260

229 of 260
Danger (7118017)
Start Engine (HST) (7157848)

Start Engine (SST) (7186656)

230 of 260
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONTD) Warning (7125076)
Warning (7166858)

231 of 260
Danger / Warning (7147821)

232 of 260
Danger / Warning (7147821) (Contd)

233 of 260
Danger / Warning (7147821) (Contd)

234 of 260
Warning (7147822)

235 of 260
Danger (7147823)

Warning (7147824)

236 of 260
Warning (7147825)

237 of 260
Warning (7157847)
Warning (7157924)

Caution (7164977)

238 of 260
Warning (7168864) (IF EQUIPPED WITH CAB)


239 of 260

240 of 260
SPECIFICATIONS
COMPACT TRACTOR CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Compact Tractor Loader Lift Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Ballast (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Three-Point Hitch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Towing Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Maximum Drawbar Tongue Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Ballast (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
CT450 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Machine Dimensions (Standard Machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Machine Dimensions (With Optional Loader, AL4F00101 & Above, AKPW00101 & Above)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Machine Dimensions (With Optional Loader, S/N AE3500101 & Above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Rear-PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Mid-PTO Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Drive System (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Drive System (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Loader (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

241 of 260

242 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR CAPACITIES
Compact Tractor Loader Lift Capacity
The compact tractor lift capacity with the loader and
standard bucket, correct rear ballast, and tires with the Ballast (Rear)
correct load rating is listed in the chart below.
The following items will reduce the loader lift capacity: The correct rear ballast must be installed on the compact
tractor for maximum loader lift capacity. Install a three-
Use of larger buckets or attachments which moved
the load center forward. point hitch ballast box (see chart below) and fill the rear
tires with liquid ballast. Both compact tractor rear tires
The loader is equipped with the optional Bob-Tach
mounting system. must be filled to 75% full with calcium chloride mixture of
0,6 kg / liter of water (or 5 lb / U.S. gal of water).
If the weight of the rear ballast is reduced.
Tires with a lower load rating are used.
Loader Lift Capacity Loader Lift Capacity Loader Lift Capacity

With Pin-On Bucket - With Optional Bob-Tach With Optional Bob-Tach Mounting System
Configuration 1 Mounting System - Configuration 2 and Pallet Forks - Configuration 3
A C D
C B B C B E

9TL S/N AL4F00101 & Above, 9TL S/N AE3500101 & Above
AKPW00101 & Above
(A) 1727 mm (68 in) (D) 1727 mm (68 in) (A) 1829 mm (72 in) (D) 1829 mm (72 in)
Pin-On Bucket Bob-Tach Bucket Pin-On Bucket Bob-Tach Bucket
Bucket Weight 120 kg (264 lb) 127 kg (280 lb) 120 kg (265 lb) 122 kg (268 lb)
Rear Ballast Box Weight (C) (NOTE: Weight (C) does not
include liquid ballast. Also add liquid ballast (B) for maximum 503 kg (1110 lb) 503 kg (1110 lb) 503 kg (1110 lb) 503 kg (1110 lb)
loader lift capacity.)
Loader lift capacity at full height with Measured at pivot
Bucket (Model 9TL Loader and Liquid pin 1231 kg (2713 lb) 1204 kg (2655 lb) 1179 kg (2600 lb) 1111 kg (2450 lb)
Ballast (B) and Rear Ballast (C)
Measured at 500
installed)
mm (20 in) from 921 kg (2030 lb) 885 kg (1950 lb) 930 kg (2050 lb) 862 kg (1900 lb)
pivot
Loader lift capacity at 1499 mm (59 in) Measured at pivot
lift height with Bucket (Model 9TL Loader pin 1447 kg (3191 lb) 1387 kg (3057 lb) N/A N/A
and Liquid Ballast (B) and Rear Ballast
(C) installed) Measured at 500
mm (20 in) from 1151 kg (2537 lb) 1085 kg (2392 lb) N/A N/A
pivot
Boom breakout force Measured at pivot
pin 1855 kg (4090 lb) 1843 kg (4063 lb) N/A N/A
Measured at 500
mm (20 in) from 1373 kg (3028 lb) 1324 kg (2919 lb) N/A N/A
pivot
Bucket rollback force measured at 500 Measured at
mm (20 in) from pivot pins maximum lift height 1362 kg (3002 lb) 1279 kg (2819 lb) N/A N/A
Measured at 1499
mm (59 in) lift height 1632 kg (3599 lb) 1547 kg (3411 lb) N/A N/A
Measured at ground
level 1189 kg (2622 lb) 1060 kg (2336 lb) N/A N/A
(E) Loader lift capacity at full height with Measured at 610
1067 mm (42 in) pallet forks (Model 9TL mm (24 in) in front
Loader and Liquid Ballast (B) and Rear of pallet fork frame N/A 612 kg (1350 lb) N/A 612 kg (1350 lb)
Ballast (C) installed). Pallet forks weight
165 kg (364 lb)
(B) Liquid Ballast Weight = Both rear tires filled to 75% full with calcium chloride mixture of 0,6 kg / liter of water (5 lb / U.S, gal of water).

243 of 260
COMPACT TRACTOR CAPACITIES (CONTD) Towing Weight
Three-Point Hitch Specifications The maximum tow weight including the weight of the
trailer is listed in chart below.
Examples of the lift capacity of the three-point hitch with
front ballast are listed in the chart below. Maximum Drawbar Tongue Weight
The following items will reduce the Three-Point Hitch lift
The maximum vertical load that can be applied to the
capacity:
drawbar hitch is listed in chart below.
Implements are used which move the load center Ballast (Front)
rearward.
The front mounted loader with attachment can be used
If the weight of the front ballast is reduced. as a front ballast. A front ballast kit can be installed on
the front of the compact tractor (see chart below).
Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity with Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity with
NO Front Ballast - Configuration 1 Front Ballast Kit - Configuration 2
A B D

Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity with
Loader as Front Ballast - Configuration 3 Towing
C
E
G
F
B-23617
A Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity (with NO front ballast) Measured at 610 mm (24 in)
behind the lift points 459 kg (1012 lb)
B Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity (with Front Ballast Kit D Measured at 610 mm (24 in)
installed) behind the lift points 648 kg (1430 lb)
C Three-Point Hitch Lift Capacity (With Front Ballast Weight Measured at 610 mm (24 in)
E installed - 9TL loader and bucket) behind the lift points 848 kg (1870 lb)
D Front Ballast Kit Weight 136 kg (300 lb)
E Front Ballast Weight 9TL loader and bucket installed
F Maximum Drawbar Tongue Weight 650 kg (1433 lb)
G Tow Weight (Including weight of trailer) 3500 kg (7716 lb)

244 of 260
CT450 SPECIFICATIONS
Machine Dimensions (Standard Machine)
Dimensions are given for a compact tractor equipped with tires as shown in the table below.
Where applicable, specification conform to SAE, ANSI or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
G H J K

B
C
E D
1875 mm
(73.8 in)
2900 mm
(114.2 in)
3411 mm
(134.3 in) MS-2573S
AG TIRES GENERAL PURPOSE TIRES TURF TIRES

A 2426 mm (95.5 in) 2428 mm (95.6 in) 2437 mm (92.4 in)
B 2131 mm (83.9 in) 2134 mm (84.0 in) 2052 mm (80.8 in)
C 864 mm (34.0 in) 866 mm (34.1 in) 786 mm (30.9 in)
D 361 mm (14.2 in) 384 mm (15.1 in) 328 mm (12.9 in)
D * 315 mm (12.4 in) 338 mm (13.3 in) 282 mm (11.1 in)
E 165 mm (6.5 in) 168 mm (6.6 in) 86 mm (3.4 in)
F 1608 mm (63.3 in) 1610 mm (63.4 in) 1529 mm (60.2 in)
G 1471 mm (57.9 in) 1613 mm (63.5 in) 1722 mm (67.8 in)
H 1267 mm (49.9 in) 1336 mm (52.6 in) 1410 mm (55.5 in)
J 1407 mm (55.4 in) 1407 mm (55.4 in) 1514 mm (59.6 in)
J + 1519 mm (59.8 in) 1519 mm (59.8 in) N/A
K 1783 mm (70.2 in) 1793 mm (70.6 in) 2027 mm (79.8 in)
K + 1895 mm (74.6 in) 1905 mm (75.0 in) N/A
* Equipped with optional mid PTO. + Adjustable AG Rims set to maximum width.

245 of 260
CT450 SPECIFICATIONS (CONTD)
Machine Dimensions (With Optional Loader, AL4F00101 & Above, AKPW00101 & Above)
Dimensions are given for a compact tractor equipped with tires as shown in the table below and the optional loader
and bucket and may vary with other types of buckets and tires.
Always use tires with the proper load rating.
1727 mm
(68.0 in)

H
F
A
B
C
D
E J
NA5084

Pin-On Bucket Bob-Tach Bucket Pin-On Bucket Bob-Tach Bucket Pin-On Bucket Bob-Tach Bucket
A 3363 mm (132.4 in) 3421 mm (134.7 in) 3358 mm (132.2 in) 3416 mm (134.5 in) 3345 mm (131.7 in) 3404 mm (134.0 in)
B 2837 mm (111.7 in) 2837 mm (111.7 in) 2832 mm (111.5 in) 2832 mm (111.5 in) 2819 mm (111.0 in) 2819 mm (111.0 in)
C 2682 mm (105.6 in) 2680 mm (105.5 in) 2677 mm (105.4 in) 2675 mm (105.3 in) 2664 mm (104.9 in) 2662 mm (104.8 in)
D 2316 mm (91.2 in) 2332 mm (91.8 in) 2311 mm (91.0 in) 2327 mm (91.6 in) 2299 mm (90.5 in) 2314 mm (91.1 in)
E 150 mm (5.9 in) 155 mm (6.1 in) 155 mm (6.1 in) 160 mm (6.3 in) 168 mm (6.6 in) 173 mm (6.8 in)
F 1016 mm (40.0 in) 889 mm (35.0 in) 1016 mm (40.0 in) 889 mm (35.0 in) 1016 mm (40.0 in) 889 mm (35.0 in)
G 27 32 27 32 27 32
H 40 35 40 35 40 35
J 1760 mm (69.3 in) 1803 mm (71.0 in) 1760 mm (69.3 in) 1803 mm (71.0 in) 1760 mm (69.3 in) 1803 mm (71.0 in)
TURNING RADIUS (WITHOUT BRAKES) = 3404 mm (134 in)

246 of 260
Machine Dimensions (With Optional Loader, S/N AE3500101 & Above)
Dimensions are given for a compact tractor equipped with tires as shown in the table below and the optional loader
and bucket and may vary with other types of buckets and tires.
Always use tires with the proper load rating.
1852 mm
(72.9 in)

A H
B
F
C
D
E J
MS-2574S
Dimensions shown are for Pin-ON Bucket Only

A 3465 mm (136.4 in) 3467 mm (136.5 in) 3386 mm (133.3 in)
B 2847 mm (112.1 in) 2850 mm (112.2 in) 2769 mm (109.0 in)
C 2690 mm (105.9 in) 2692 mm (106.0 in) 2611 mm (102.8 in)
D 2306 mm (90.8 in) 2309 mm (90.9 in) 2228 mm (87.7 in)
E 152 mm (6.0 in) 150 mm (5.9 in) 231 mm (9.1 in)
F 465 mm (18.3 in) 465 mm (18.3 in) 465 mm (18.3 in)
G 23 23 23
H 46 46 46
J 1689 mm (66.5 in) 1689 mm (66.5 in) 1689 mm (66.5 in)
TURNING RADIUS (WITHOUT BRAKES) = 3353 mm (132 in)

247 of 260
Performance
Operating Weight: CT450 Standard Machine S/N: S/N:

ABHM11001 & Above AKBP11001 & Above
(HST) (SST)
Without Cab 1785 kg (3935 lb) 1800 kg (3968 lb)
With Cab 1990 kg (4387 lb) ----------
Operating Weight: CT450 HST model Compact Tractor (without With CT450 S/N: With CT450 S/N:
cab), with rear ballast [503 kg (1110 lb)], liquid ballast, with loader ABHM11001 & Above and AKHM11001 & Above
and bucket. Loader S/N: and Loader S/N:
AL4F00101 & Above or AE3500101 & Above
(Add 15 kg (33 lb) for SST model) AKPW00101 & Above
(Add 205 kg (452 lb) for HST model if equipped with cab)
With standard Pin-ON Bucket 3307 kg (7290 lb) 3275 kg (7220 lb)
With standard Bob-Tach Bucket 3329kg (7340 lb) 3335 kg (7352 lb)
Weight: Loader and bucket Only Loader, S/N: Loader, S/N:

AL4F00101 & Above, AE3500101 & Above
AKPW00101 & Above

Loader with standard Pin-ON Bucket 391 kg (863 lb) 401 kg (884 lb)
Loader with standard Bob-Tach Bucket 447 kg (985 lb) 461 kg (1016 lb)
Controls
Vehicle Steering Steering Wheel

Speed Range Lever in left console (Low - Neutral - Medium - Neutral - High)
Transmission (HST) Hydrostatic - dual foot pedals (forward and reverse) on the right floor console
Transmission (SST) Four speed gear shift lever in left console with a
Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) lever on left side of steering console
Clutch (SST) Single foot pedal activates mechanical dry single plate clutch.
Loader Hydraulics (If Equipped)
- Lift and Tilt Joystick Control Lever
Rear Remote Hydraulics (If Equipped)
- Rear Auxiliary Lever(s) in right console
Rear-PTO Switch in dash console
Mid-PTO (If Equipped) Lever below operators seat and switch in dash console
Engine Hand lever engine speed control; key-type starter switch
Starting Aid Automatic Glow Plugs - key activated
Brake Pedals (HST) Two foot pedals activate wet disc (on left floor console)
Brake Pedals (SST) Two foot pedals activate wet disc (on right floor console)
Parking Brake Lever activated with brake pedals engaged

248 of 260
Engine
Make / Model HST - Daedong 4B243LWH Interim Tier IV
SST - Daedong 4B243LWM Interim Tier IV
Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid (Indirect Injection)
Horsepower, Maximum 36,5 kW (49 hp) @ 2600 rpm
High Idle RPM 2800 rpm
Low Idle RPM 1000 rpm
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 2,4 L (148.6 in3)
Bore / Stroke 87,0 mm / 102,4 mm (3.42 / 4.03 in)
Lubrication Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge (Dual Element)
Ignition Diesel-Compression
Engine Coolant Ethylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Automatic Glow Plugs
Hydraulic System

Pump Type Tandem Engine driven, gear type
Steering Pump Capacity 25,0 L/min (6.6 U.S. gpm) @ 2600 rpm
Implement Pump Capacity 36,0 L/min (9.5 U.S. gpm) @ 2600 rpm
System Relief at Quick Couplers 17700 kPa (177 bar) (2560 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic) Full flow replaceable, 88 - 96 micron pore size
Steering Cylinders (single acting) Bore: 43,8 mm (1.72 in)
Rod: 35,0 mm (1.38 in)
Stroke: 185,0 mm (7.28 in)
Control Valve - Loader (if equipped) Joystick control lever operated, open center, series type with float detent on lift
Control Valve - Rear Remote Auxiliary Lever(s) operated, open center, series type
Hydraulic (if equipped) (Full flow detent couplers [A and C]) (Optional)
Fluid Lines Metric tubelines, hoses and fittings
Fluid Type (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / FLUID, Transmission / Differential
Transmission)
Hydraulic Function Time (If Equipped):
Lift Arms Raise 5.3 Seconds Lower 3.4 Seconds
Bucket Dump 3.6 Seconds Rollback 1.9 Seconds
Electrical
Alternator Belt driven, 50 amp, open

Battery 12 volts, 600 cold cranking amp @ -18C (0F), 115 minute reserve capacity
Starter HST - 12 volt, gear reduction type, 2,5 kW (3.35 hp)
SST - 12 volt, gear reduction type, 1,7 kW (2.28 hp)
Instrumentation Gauges: Engine Coolant Temperature, Fuel Gauge, Engine rpm
LCD Display: Hourmeter
Warning lights (Red): Parking Brake, Low Engine Oil Pressure, Low Battery Voltage,
Unlocked Brake Pedal.
Indicator Lights (Amber): Glow Plugs Activated, PTO Activated (Rear-PTO and Mid-PTO)
Front Wheel Assist, (Cruise Control - HST model only).
Indicator Lights (Green): Left and Right Turn Indicator, (L - N - M - N - H - HST Only) (Neutral
Indicator - SST Only).
Indicator Lights (Blue): High Beam Indicator.

249 of 260
Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Rear-PTO)
HST SST
Rear-PTO SAE 1-3/8 inch 6 tooth spline
PTO Type TYPE 1 per ASABE S203
Operating Speed 540 rpm @ 2493 rpm engine speed
PTO Power 28,3 kW (38.0 hp) 30,6 kW (41.0 hp)
Power Take-Off (PTO) System (Mid-PTO Optional)
Mid-PTO Live - 1.0 inch 15 tooth spline ASABE S431

Operating Speed 2000 rpm @ 2473 rpm engine speed
PTO Power
Drive System (HST)
Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, 4-wheel drive (rear wheel drive with front wheel assist)
Transmission Hydrostatic Drive with Low - Medium - High speed select lever

Final Drive Front and rear differentials
Wheel Bolts / Nuts Front and Rear Axle = Torque 225 Nm (166 ft-lb)
Differential Open differentials provided in both axles. Rear includes pedal activated differential lock.
Differential Fluid (Front) SAE 80W-90 premium gear lube
Differential Fluid (Rear) See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission information
Travel Speed Range AG Tires Turf Tires General Purpose Tires

Forward speed: Low Range: 0 - 6,3 km/h Low Range: 0 - 5,9 km/h Low Range: 0 - 6,3 km/h
(0 - 3.88 mph), (0 - 3.66 mph), (0 - 3.88 mph),
Medium Range: 0 - 10,8 km/h Medium Range: 0 - 10,2 km/h Medium Range: 0 - 10,8 km/h
(0 - 6.68 mph), (0 - 6.31 mph), (0 - 6.68 mph),
High Range: 0 - 26,5 km/h High Range: 0 - 25,0 km/h High Range: 0 - 26,5 km/h
(0 - 16.47 mph) (0 - 15.55 mph) (0 - 16.47 mph)
Reverse speed: Low Range: 0 - 4,2 km/h Low Range: 0 - 3,9 km/h Low Range: 0 - 4,2 km/h
(0 - 2.6 mph), (0 - 2.45 mph), (0 - 2.6 mph),
Med Range: 0 - 7,2 km/h Med Range: 0 - 6,8 km/h Med Range: 0 - 7,2 km/h
(0 - 4.49 mph), (0 - 4.23 mph), (0 - 4.49 mph),
(0 - 11.05 mph) (0 - 10.43 mph) (0 - 11.05 mph)

250 of 260
Drive System (SST)
Main Drive Manual Transmission, dry single plate clutch, 4-wheel drive (rear wheel drive with front wheel assist)
Transmission Four speed synchromesh with shuttle shift, Low-Med-High select lever (12 forward - 12 reverse speeds)
Final Drive Front and rear differentials
Wheel Bolts / Nuts Front and Rear Axle = Torque 225 Nm (166 ft-lb)
Differential Open differentials provided in both axles. Rear includes pedal activated differential lock.
Differential Fluid (Front) SAE 80W-90 premium gear lube
Differential Fluid (Rear) See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission information
Travel Speed Range AG Tires Turf Tires General Purpose Tires

Forward Travel
1st Gear: Low Range: 0 - 1,5 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,4 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,5 km/h
(0 - 0.91 mph), (0 - 0.86 mph), (0 - 0.91 mph),
(0 - 2.33 mph), (0 - 2.20 mph), (0 - 2.33 mph),
(0 - 6.45 mph) (0 - 6.09 mph) (0 - 6.45 mph)
2nd Gear: Low Range: 0 - 2,1 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,9 km/h Low Range: 0 - 2,1 km/h
(0 - 1.28 mph), (0 - 1.20 mph), (0 - 1.28 mph),
(0 - 3.26 mph), (0 - 3.08 mph), (0 - 3.26 mph),

(0 - 9.01 mph) (0 - 8.50 mph) (0 - 9.01 mph)
3rd Gear: Low Range: 0 - 2,6 km/h Low Range: 0 - 2,5 km/h Low Range: 0 - 2,6 km/h
(0 - 1.64 mph), (0 - 1.55 mph), (0 - 1.64 mph),
(0 - 4.19 mph), (0 - 3.95 mph), (0 - 4.19 mph),
(0 - 11.57 mph) (0 - 10.92 mph) (0 - 11.57 mph)
4th Gear: Low Range: 0 - 3,6 km/h Low Range: 0 - 3,4 km/h Low Range: 0 - 3,6 km/h
(0 - 2.23 mph), (0 - 2.10 mph), (0 - 2.23 mph),
(0 - 5.69 mph), (0 - 5.37 mph), (0 - 5.69 mph),
(0 - 15.71 mph) (0 - 14.83 mph) (0 - 15.71 mph)
Reverse Travel
1st Gear: Low Range: 0 - 1,3 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,2 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,3 km/h
(0 - 0.81 mph), (0 - 0.77 mph), (0 - 0.81 mph),
(0 - 2.07 mph), (0 - 1.96 mph), (0 - 2.07 mph),
(0 - 5.73 mph) (0 - 5.41 mph) (0 - 5.73 mph)
2nd Gear: Low Range: 0 - 1,8 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,7 km/h Low Range: 0 - 1,8 km/h
(0 - 1.13 mph), (0 - 1.07 mph), (0 - 1.13 mph),
(0 - 2.90 mph), (0 - 2.74 mph), (0 - 2.90 mph),
(0 - 8.00 mph) (0 - 7.56 mph) (0 - 8.00 mph)
3rd Gear: Low Range: 0 - 2,3 km/h Low Range: 0 - 2,2 km/h Low Range: 0 - 2,3 km/h
(0 - 1.46 mph), (0 - 1.38 mph), (0 - 1.46 mph),
(0 - 3.72 mph), (0 - 3.51 mph), (0 - 3.72 mph),
(0 - 10.28 mph) (0 - 9.71 mph) (0 - 10.28 mph)
4th Gear: Low Range: 0 - 3,2 km/h Low Range: 0 - 3,0 km/h Low Range: 0 - 3,2 km/h
(0 - 1.98 mph), (0 - 1.87 mph), (0 - 1.98 mph),
(0 - 5.05 mph), (0 - 4.77 mph), (0 - 5.05 mph),
(0 - 13.96 mph) (0 - 13.18 mph) (0 - 13.96 mph)

251 of 260
Steering
Steering Type Non-Load Reaction Power Steering
Capacities
HST SST
Fuel 45,0 L (11.9 U.S. gal)
Engine Lubrication and Filter 7,7 L (8.1 qt)
Engine Cooling System 8,9 L (9.4 qt)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic / Transmission 42,0 L (11.1 U.S. gal) 51,9 L (13.7 U.S. gal)
Reservoir
Front Axle 7,6 L (8.0 qt) each
Tires
FRONT TIRES REAR TIRES

Standard Ag 8 - 16 (10 ply) Ag 13.3 - 24 (6 ply)
Optional Turf 30 x 12.30 - 15 NHS (8 ply) Turf 21.5L - 16.1 (4 ply)
General Purpose 10 - 16.5 NHS (6 ply) ** General Purpose 14.9 - 24 (8 ply)
** General Purpose 14.9 - 24 (4 ply)

Recommended Inflation Pressure Without Loader With Loader * Without Loader With Loader
Ag 193 kPa (1,93 bar) 427 kPa (4,27 bar) 152 kPa (1,52 bar) 152 kPa (1,52 bar)
(28 psi) (62 psi) (22 psi) (22 psi)
Turf 207 kPa (2,07 bar) 310 kPa (3,1 bar) 83 kPa (0,83 bar) 83 kPa (0,83 bar)
(30 psi) (45 psi) (12 psi) (12 psi)
General Purpose 310 kPa (3,10 bar) 414 kPa (4,14 bar) 221 kPa (2,21 bar) 221 kPa (2,21 bar)
(45 psi) (60 psi) (32 psi) (32 psi)
* Reduce travel speed to 5 mph maximum with a fully loaded bucket. Maximum
tire inflation pressures for loader use are based on a 5 mph cyclic load.
** Do not intermix 4 ply and 8 ply rear tires. The ply rating must be the same on
the left and right side tires to maintain proper load rating.
NOTE: Always use tires with the proper load rating.
NOTE: Foam filled tires are NOT approved for use on the Compact Tractor. Axle damage may occur with foam
filled tires. Warranty will be void if foam filled tires are used on this machine.
Loader (If Equipped)
Loader S/N: Loader S/N:

AL4F00101 & Above, AE3500101 & Above
AKPW00101 & Above
System Relief at Quick Couplers 17700 kPa (177 bar) (2560 psi)
Hydraulic Cylinders Double-acting; lift and tilt
Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder 63,5 mm (2.5 in) 63,5 mm (2.5 in)
Tilt Cylinder 50,8 mm (2.0 in) 50,8 mm (2.0 in)
Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder 35 mm (1.375 in) 35 mm (1.375 in)
Tilt Cylinder 35 mm (1.375 in) 35 mm (1.375 in)
Stroke: Lift Cylinder 449 mm (17.69 in) 449 mm (17.69 in)
Tilt Cylinder 457 mm (18.00 in) 460 mm (18.12 in)

252 of 260
WARRANTY
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

253 of 260

254 of 260
WARRANTY
WARRANTY
Bobcat Compact Tractor
(North America)
Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd., who
in turn warrant to the owner, that each new Bobcat Compact Tractor will be free from proven defects in
material and workmanship with respect to (i) all components of the product except as otherwise specified
herein for twenty four (24) months or 2000 hours (whichever occurs first), (ii) the driveline components *, for
thirty six (36) months or 2000 hours (whichever occurs first), (iii) Bobcat brand tires, for twelve (12) months
on a prorated basis based on the remaining depth of the tire at the time any defect is discovered, (iv) Bobcat
brand batteries, for twelve (12) months with an additional twelve (12) months provided that Bobcat Company
shall only reimburse a fixed portion of the cost of replacing the battery during such additional twelve
months and (v) Bobcat accessories that are factory installed for a period of twelve (12) months. The
foregoing time periods shall all commence after delivery by the authorized Bobcat dealer to the original
buyer.
* Driveline components consist of: for the Engine: the crankcase, cylinder head, front gear case, valve cover
pans, and all parts contained therein, plus the fuel injection system pump, nozzles, and high pressure lines
and for the Power Train: clutch housing, transmission case, differential and final drive housing, and all parts
contained therein, plus the drive axles and external driveshafts.

All serial numbered attachments (e.g. compact tractor loader) and implements (e.g. three-point auger) and
all hose kits, couplers and mounting brackets and hardware that were originally included with those
attachments or implements are covered in accordance with the terms and conditions of their respective
warranties.
During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Company's
option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product except as otherwise specified
herein which fails because of defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized
Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for repair or replacement.
Bobcat Company may, at its option, require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of
mechanics and transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are
the responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive.
This warranty does not apply to tires (except Bobcat brand tires). The owner shall rely solely on the
warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. This warranty does not cover replacement of
scheduled service items such as oil, filters, tune-up parts, and other high-wear items. This warranty does
not cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product with any
accessory or attachment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow obstructions, or failure to maintain or
use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPT
THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION
OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH
RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE
PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
6986646 (12-11) Printed in U.S.A.

255 of 260
WARRANTY (CONTD)
In this emissions limited warranty, the term Manufacturer means Daedong as the holder of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA) Certificate of Conformity and California Executive Order for the vehicle. The emission control limited warranty is
in addition to the standard limited warranty for your vehicle.
Your Bobcat dealer is authorized to perform all warranty and service repairs on your diesel engine. To locate a Bobcat dealer, visit
www.bobcat.com or call 1-800-743-4340.
DAEDONG
Off-Road Compression-Ignition Engine
Emission Control System Warranty Statement
(Daedong Warranty Statement Page 1 of 2)
EMISSION RELATED SYSTEM DEFECT WARRANTY

The warranty period shall begin on the date the engine or equipment is delivered to an ultimate purchaser. The use of alternative fuels shall not void the warranties on any engine certi-
fied to use such fuel.
Daedong-USA INC. warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser of certified off-road compression-ignition engine (powering off-road machines and equipment),
that such engine is;
1) Designed, built, and equipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adopted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the California Air Resource
Board.
2) Free from defects in materials and workmanship which cause the failure of a warranted part to be identical in all material respects to the part as described in the engine manufac-
turer's application for certification for period of five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for all engines rated at 19 kW and greater, except as noted below. In
the absence of a device to measure hours of use, the engine shall be warranted for a period of five years. For all engines rated less than 19 kW, and for constant speed engine rated
under 37 kW with rated speeds higher than or equal to 3000 rpm, the period of two years or 1500 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, shall apply. In the absence of a device
to measure hours of use, the engine shall be warranted for a period of two years.
If a warranted part fails because of a defect during the terms of this warranty, Daedong-USA will repair or replace it at any authorized Daedong-USA dealer. Any other parts damaged
by the failure of a warranted part will also be repaired or replaced. The repair and/or replacement will be made at no charge to the owner for parts, labor and diagnosis. Any such part
repaired or replaced under the warranty shall be warranted for the remaining warranty periods.
In case of emergency, repairs may be performed at any service establishment, or by the owner, using any replacement part.
Daedong-USA INC. will reimburse the owner for their expenses, including diagnostic charges for such emergency repair. These expenses shall not exceed Daedong-USA INC. sug-
gested retail price for all warranted parts replaced, and labor charges based on Daedong-USA INC. recommended time allowance for the warranty repair and the geographically appro-
priate hourly labor rate.

A part not available within 30 days or a repair not being complete within 30 days constitute an emergency.
As a condition of reimbursement, replaced parts and receipt invoices must be presented at a place of business of an authorized Daedong engine dealer or other establishment authorized
by Daedong-USA INC.
This warranty covers the following emission-related parts and components.
- Fuel Injection Pump - Nozzle Assembly - Injection pipe
- Turbocharger (if equipped) - Intake, Exhaust manifold
If failure of one of these components results in failure of another part, both will be covered by this warranty. Any replacement part may be used for maintenance or repairs. The owner
should ensure that such parts are equivalent in design and durability to Daedong genuine parts. Use of non-genuine Daedong parts does not invalidate the warranty. However Daedong-
USA INC. is not liable for parts, which are not genuine Daedong parts.
RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS

These warranties are subject to the following;
DAEDONG-USA INC. RESPONSIBILITIES

During the emission warranty period, if a defect in material or workmanship of a warranted part or component is found. Daedong-USA INC. will provide;
- New, remanufactured, or repaired parts and/or components required to correct the defect. Items replaced under this warranty become the property of Daedong-USA INC.
- Labor, during normal working hours, required to make the warranty repair.This includes diagnosis and labor to remove and install the engine, if necessary.
Owners Warranty Responsibilities

As the Daedong-USA INC. off-road compression-ignition engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your Owners Manual. Dae-
dong-USA INC. recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your Daedong engine but Daedong-USA INC. cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts or
for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance. However, if the lack of required maintenance was the reason for the repair, then the claim will be denied.
You are responsible for presenting your Daedong engine to a Daedong-USA INC. dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed in a reasonable amount
of time, not to exceed 30 days.
As the Daedong engine owner, you should also be aware that Daedong-USA INC. may deny you warranty coverage if your Daedong engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect,
improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact Daedong-USA, INC. Kioti Trac-
tor Division at 6300 Kioti Drive (Tel. No ; 1-919-374-5100)
LIMITATION
The emission control system defects warranty and the emission control system performance warranty shall not apply to:
- Malfunctions in any part directly caused by abuse, misuse, modification, improper adjustment except those done by a dealership during warranty service work, alterations, tampering
disconnections, improper or inadequate maintenance, neglect or use of leaded diesel or other fuels not recommended in the Owners Manual.
- Damage resulting from an accident or an Act of God.
- Failures that are a direct result of a lack of performance of required emission control maintenance as outlined in your Owners Manual.
- Parts or accessories used in applications for which they were not designed or not approved for use on the engine by Daedong-USA INC.
- Parts not supplied by Daedong-USA INC. or damage to other parts caused directly by non-Daedong parts or non-equivalent parts.
- The charge for diagnostic labor which does not lead to the determination that a warrantable condition exists.
- Daedong-USA INC. is not responsible for incidental or consequential damages such as downtime or loss-use of engine powered equipment.
- Although you purchase the equipment on which Daedong engine is mounted, if the equipment is not manufactured by Daedong, you should make contact with purchasing dealer.
Emergency Service
If emergency Emission Control System Warranty service is required and the owner is unable to readily locate an authorized Daedong dealer or if a warranted part is available within 30
days, then, repairs may be performed at any available service establishment, or by the owner, using any replacement part.
Daedong will reimburse the owner for the owners expenses including diagnostic charges for such emergency repair or replacement at Daedongs suggested retail price for all war-
ranted parts replaced and labor charges based on Daedongs recommended time allowance for the warranty repair and the geographically appropriate hourly labor rate. Replaced part
and copies of paid original receipts must be available for presentation to Daedong as a condition of reimbursement for these emergency repairs.
In addition, the owner must provide Daedong a detailed description indicating why the situation was considered an emergency and why an authorized Daedong dealer was not avail-
able. Additional information may be obtained by calling 1-919-374-5100. A repair not being complete within 30 days constitutes an emergency.
6990496 (4-12) Printed in U.S.A.

256 of 260
WARRANTY (CONTD)
In this emissions limited warranty, the term Manufacturer means Daedong as the holder of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA) Certificate of Conformity and California Executive Order for the vehicle. The emission control limited warranty is
in addition to the standard limited warranty for your vehicle.
Your Bobcat dealer is authorized to perform all warranty and service repairs on your diesel engine. To locate a Bobcat dealer, visit
www.bobcat.com or call 1-800-743-4340.
DAEDONG
Off-Road Compression-Ignition Engine
Emission Control System Warranty Statement
(Daedong Warranty Statement Page 2 of 2)
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT

YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
The California Air Resources Board and Daedong-USA, INC. are pleased to explain the emission control system warranty on your 2003 and later engine. In California, new off-road
engines must be designed, built, and equipped to meet the States stringent anti-smog standards. Daedong-USA, INC. must warrant the emission control system on your engine for
the periods of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, neglect or improper maintenance of your engine.
Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel-injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-
related assemblies.
Where a warrantable condition exists, Daedong-USA, INC. will repair your off-road compression ignition engine at no cost to you including diagnosis, parts, and labor.
MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY COVERAGE;

The 2003 and later off-road compression-ignition engines;
For all engines rated under 19 kW and for constant speed engines rated under 37 kW with rated speeds greater than or equal to 3,000 rpm, the warranty period is 1,500 hours or 2 years
of use, whichever first occurs, after date of delivery to initial owner.
For all other engines rated at or above 19 kW, the warranty period is 3,000 hours or 5 years of use, whichever first occurs, after date of delivery to the initial owner.
If any emission-related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by Daedong-USA, INC.
OWNERS WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES;

- As the off-road compression ignition engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your Owners Manual. Daedong-USA, INC. rec-

ommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your off-road compression ignition engine, but Daedong-USA, INC. cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of
receipts or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance.
- As the off-road compression ignition engine owner, you should however be aware that Daedong-USA, INC. may deny you warranty coverage if your off-road compression ignition
engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications.
- Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in compliance with Californias emissions requirements.
- You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The ARB suggests that you present your off-road compression ignition engine to a Daedong-USA, INC. dealer as soon as a
problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed by the dealer as expeditiously as possible.
- If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact Daedong-USA, INC. Kioti Tractor Division at 6300 Kioti Drive (Tel. No. ; 1-919-
374-5100)
- Although you purchase the equipment on which Daedong engine is mounted, if the equipment is not manufactured by Daedong, you should make contact with purchasing dealer.
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATION
Some Daedong-USA, INC off-road compression ignition engines are certified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and California Air Resource Board to comply
with smoke and gaseous emission standards prescribed by federal laws at the time of maintenance.
The engine is certified if it has a special certification label. A Daedong engine dealer can also inform you if the engine is certified.
Efficiency of emission control and engine performance depends on adherence to proper operation and maintenance recommendations and use of recommended fuels and lubricating
oils. It is recommended that major adjustments and repair be made by your authorized Daedong engine dealer.
Various chemical fuel additives, which claim to reduce visible smoke, are available commercially. Although additives have been used by individuals to solve some isolated smoke
problems in the field, they are not recommended for general use. Federal smoke regulations require that engines be certified without smoke depressants.
The corrective step taken immediately on discovery of worn parts, which may affect emission levels, will help assure proper operation of emission control system. The use of genuine
Daedong parts recommended. Suppliers of non-Daedong parts must assure the owner that the use of such parts will not adversely affect emission levels.
Regular maintenance intervals, along with special emphasis on the following items, are necessary to keep exhaust emissions within acceptable limit for the useful life of the engine
Refer to the maintenance intervals. If the engine is operation under severe conditions, adjust the maintenance exhaust emissions within acceptable limit for the useful life of the engine.
The following is an explanation of maintenance for emission-related components. See the Maintenance schedule for specific interval for the following items.
FUEL INJECTION PUMP OR NOZZLES - Fuel injection pumps or nozzles are subject to tip wear as a result to fuel contamination. This damage can cause an increase in fuel con-
sumption, the engine to emit black smoke misfire or run rough. Inspect, test, and replace if necessary. Fuel injection pumps can be tested by an authorized Daedong engine dealer.
TURBOCHARGER - Check for any unusual sound or vibration in the turbocharger. Inspect inlet and exhaust piping and connections. Check bearing condition and perform mainte-
nance as described in the Maintenance Schedule.
Slow engine response and low power may indicate a need for adjustment or repair. Your Daedong engine dealer is equipped with the necessary tools, personnel, and perform this
service.
Owner is encouraged to keep adequate maintenance records, but the absence of such, in and of itself, will not invalidate the warranty.
The machine or equipment owner may perform routine maintenance, repairs and other non-warranty work or have it done at any repair facility. Such non-warranty work need not be
performed at a designated warranty station in order for the warranty to remain in force.
CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE - EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY;

Daedong-USA INC. aims to ensure that the Emission Control Systems Warranty is properly administrated. In the event that you do not receive the warranty service to which you
believe you are entitled under the Emission Control System Warranty, call or write.
Daedong-USA, INC.
Kioti Tractor Division
at 6300 Kioti Drive
Wendell, NC 27591
Tel. No. ; 1-919-374-5100
Fax. No. ; 1-919-374-5001
- Authorized dealers are recommended for major maintenance and repair work as they are staffed with trained personnel, proper tools and are aware of the latest maintenance methods
and procedures. Owners and others who desire to perform their own work should purchase a Service Manual and obtain current information from their Daedong engine dealer.
- In case of purchasing the equipment on which Daedong engine is mounted, if the equipment is not manufactured by Daedong, the equipment owner should make contact with pur-
chasing dealer.
6990496 (4-12) Printed in U.S.A.

257 of 260
WARRANTY (CONTD)
WARRANTY
Bobcat Attachments
Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd.,
who in turn warrant to the original owner, that each new Bobcat attachment will be free from proven
defects in material and workmanship for twelve (12) months after delivery by the authorized Bobcat
dealer to the original buyer.
During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Companys
option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product which fails because of
defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized Bobcat dealer with prompt
written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. Bobcat Company may,
at its option, require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of mechanics and
transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are the
responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive.
This warranty does not cover replacement of scheduled service items and high wear items. The owner

shall rely solely on the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. This warranty does not
cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product as an
attachment on any equipment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow obstructions, or failure to
maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS,
EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS
OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED
ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE,
EVEN IF BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED
HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH
LIABILITY IS BASED.
6570124 (2-09) Printed in U.S.A.

258 of 260
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 F-N-R LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
AXLE TOE IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R)
LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (HST) . . . . . . 157
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (SST) . . . . . . 158
FRONT WHEEL ASSIST (4WD) SWITCH . . 53
BALLAST (OPTIONAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
GEAR SHIFT LEVER (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . 50
....................................7
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
BRAKE PEDALS (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC /
BRAKE PEDALS (SST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 IMPLEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
CLUTCH PEDAL (SST ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . 164 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
CLUTCH PEDAL AND HOUSING (SST) . . 212 JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER (IF EQUIPPED)

COMPACT TRACTOR CAPACITIES . . . . . 241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION LOADER CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . 58
(WITH OPTIONAL CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 LOADER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 135
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION LOADER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
(WITH OPTIONAL LOADER AND REAR
BALLAST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 LUBRICATING THE COMPACT TRACTOR 204
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . 215
(WITH OPTIONAL THREE-POINT MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
IMPLEMENT AND FRONT BALLAST) . . . . 12 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . 10 MONITORING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL . 74
COMPACT TRACTOR STORAGE AND OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENT
CRUISE CONTROL (HST ONLY) . . . . . . . 165 PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (HST ONLY) . 52 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1
CT450 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . 51 POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
DRAWBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . 71
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 PTO LEVER (MID) (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . 167
EMERGENCY EXITS (WHEN EQUIPPED PTO SWITCH (REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
WITH CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 181 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 REAR (REMOTE) AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . 179 LEVER (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
ENGINE SIDE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (IF
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . 44 EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

259 of 260
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . 7
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
(ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
(ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL
START) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM (NEUTRAL
START) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM
(OPERATING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM
(OPERATING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SETTING ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE . 212
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . 196
SPEED RANGE LEVER (HST) . . . . . . . . . . 49

SPEED RANGE LEVER (SST) . . . . . . . . . . 50
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
STOPPING THE COMPACT TRACTOR . . . 75
SUPPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR ON
JACKSTANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
THREE-POINT HITCH POSITION LEVER 168
THREE-POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
TOWING THE COMPACT TRACTOR . . . . 121
TRANSPORTING THE COMPACT TRACTOR
ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDAL (HST ONLY) . 163
TRAVEL CONTROL PEDALS (HST ONLY) . 48
TREAD WIDTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

260 of 260

CT450 6987077 enUS Om 05-12

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CT450 6987077 enUS Om 05-12

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance Manual

CT450 Compact Tractor

(HST) S/N ABHM11001 & Above

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

B-23565 B-23529A B-23555

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

WRONG WRONG WRONG

B-23561A B-23525A B-23523A

SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

LOADER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Compact Tractor Serial Number

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA

3 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

4 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL LOADER AND REAR BALLAST)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL THREE-POINT IMPLEMENT AND

COMPACT TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION (WITH OPTIONAL CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

5 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

6 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS

ENGINE OIL FILTER BATTERY

FUEL FILTER FLUID, Transmission / Differential

HYDROSTATIC FILTER ETHYLENE GLYCOL ANTI-FREEZE,

6903113 SAE 15W40 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

7 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3

The engine serial number is located on the top of the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

The compact tractor serial number plate is located on the

Module 1 - Model / Engine

Explanation of machine Serial Number [Figure 2]:

1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

8 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Loader Serial Number (Optional) Figure 6

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

The loader serial number is located on the left loader arm

9 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

[2] ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE

STEERING OPERATORS SEAT

GRAB HANDLES (2)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

OPERATION & [3] REAR (REMOTE)

[3] SLOW MOVING VEHICLE

DRAWBAR REAR LIGHTS

10 CT450 Operation & Maintenance Manual